topic: Added support for the SAM4S variants
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
373 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
374 @item @b{cortino}
375 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
376 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
377 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
378 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
379 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
380 @end itemize
381
382 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
383
384 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
385 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
386 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
387 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
388 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
389
390 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
391 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
392 (see the section on driver commands).
393
394 @itemize
395 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
396 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
397 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
398 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
399 @end itemize
400
401 @section USB JLINK based
402 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
403 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
404 AT91SAM764 internally.
405
406 @itemize @bullet
407 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
408 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
409 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
410 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
411 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
412 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
413 @end itemize
414
415 @section USB RLINK based
416 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
417
418 @itemize @bullet
419 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
420 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
421 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
422 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
423 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
424 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
425 @end itemize
426
427 @section USB ST-LINK based
428 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
429 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
430
431 @itemize @bullet
432 @item @b{ST-LINK}
433 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
435 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
436 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
437 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
438 @end itemize
439
440 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
441 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
442 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
443 @itemize @bullet
444 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
445 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
446 @end itemize
447
448 @section USB Other
449 @itemize @bullet
450 @item @b{USBprog}
451 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
452
453 @item @b{USB - Presto}
454 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
455
456 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
457 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
458
459 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
461
462 @item @b{Buspirate}
463 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
464 @end itemize
465
466 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
467
468 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
469 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
470 these on the market.
471
472 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
473 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
474 of USB-based ones.
475
476 @itemize @bullet
477
478 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
480
481 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
482 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
483 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
484
485 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
486 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
487
488 @item @b{GW16402}
489 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
490
491 @item @b{Wiggler2}
492 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
493
494 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
495 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
496
497 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
498 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
499
500 @item @b{arm-jtag}
501 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
502
503 @item @b{chameleon}
504 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
505
506 @item @b{Triton}
507 @* Unknown.
508
509 @item @b{Lattice}
510 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
511 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
512
513 @item @b{flashlink}
514 @* From ST Microsystems;
515 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
516
517 @end itemize
518
519 @section Other...
520 @itemize @bullet
521
522 @item @b{ep93xx}
523 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
524
525 @item @b{at91rm9200}
526 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
527
528 @end itemize
529
530 @node About Jim-Tcl
531 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
532 @cindex Jim-Tcl
533 @cindex tcl
534
535 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
536 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
537 command interpreter.
538
539 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
540 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
541 much of anything about Tcl.
542 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
543
544 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
545 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
546 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
547 OpenOCD mailing list.
548
549 @itemize @bullet
550 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
551 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
552 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
553 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
554 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
555 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
556
557 @item @b{Missing Features}
558 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
559 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
560 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
561 enabled in OpenOCD.
562
563 @item @b{Scripts}
564 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
565 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
566 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
567
568 @item @b{Commands}
569 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
570 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
571 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
572 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
573
574 @item @b{Historical Note}
575 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
576 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
577 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
578 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
579
580 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
581 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
582 @end itemize
583
584 @node Running
585 @chapter Running
586 @cindex command line options
587 @cindex logfile
588 @cindex directory search
589
590 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
591 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
592 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
593 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
594 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
595
596 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
597 tell it how each debug session should work.
598 The @option{--help} option shows:
599 @verbatim
600 bash$ openocd --help
601
602 --help | -h display this help
603 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
604 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
605 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
606 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
607 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
608 --command | -c run <command>
609 @end verbatim
610
611 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
612 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
613 To specify one or more different
614 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
615
616 @example
617 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
618 @end example
619
620 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
621 @enumerate
622 @item the current directory,
623 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
624 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
625 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
626 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
627 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
628 @end enumerate
629 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
630
631 @quotation Note
632 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
633 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
634 @end quotation
635
636 @section Simple setup, no customization
637
638 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
639 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
640 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
641 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
642 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
643
644 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
645 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
646 the server like:
647
648 @example
649 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
650 @end example
651
652 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
653 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
654 If all goes well you'll see output something like
655
656 @example
657 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
658 For bug reports, read
659 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
660 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
661 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
662 @end example
663
664 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
665 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
666 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
667
668 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
669
670 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
671 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
672 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
673 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
674 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
675 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
676 ensure that this always succeeds.
677 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
678 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
679 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
680 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
681
682 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
683 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
684 those channels.
685
686 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
687 the @option{-d} option.
688
689 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
690 @option{-c} command line switch.
691
692 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
693 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
694 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
695 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
696 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
697 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
698 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
699
700 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
701 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
702
703 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
704 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
705 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
706 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
707
708 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
709 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
710
711 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
712 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
713 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
714 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
715 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
716 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
717 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
718
719 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
720
721 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
722 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
723 and a USB cable on the other.
724 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
725 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
726
727 @enumerate
728 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
729 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
730 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
731 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
732 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
733 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
734 debugging host.
735
736 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
737 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
738 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
739 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
740 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
741
742 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
743 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
744 with 1.2 Volt boards.
745
746 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
747 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
748 ways to connect the cable.
749 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
750 Be sure it's firmly connected.
751
752 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
753 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
754 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
755 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
756 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
757 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
758 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
759 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
760
761 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
762 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
763 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
764 but are tedious to set up.
765 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
766 adapter signals to the right board pins.
767
768 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
769 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
770 you are using to run OpenOCD.
771 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
772
773 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
774 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
775 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
776
777 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
778 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
779 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
780
781 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
782 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
783 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
784 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
785
786 @end enumerate
787
788 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
789 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
790 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
791
792 @section Project Directory
793
794 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
795
796 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
797 single directory for your work with a given board.
798 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
799 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
800 files accessed through semihosting,
801 and for code you upload to the target board.
802 It is also the natural place to write files,
803 such as log files and data you download from the board.
804
805 @section Configuration Basics
806
807 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
808 a variety of ways you can mix them.
809 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
810
811 @itemize
812 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
813 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
814 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
815 @end itemize
816
817 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
818 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
819 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
820
821 @example
822 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
823
824 # GDB can also flash my flash!
825 gdb_memory_map enable
826 gdb_flash_program enable
827
828 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
829 @end example
830
831 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
832
833 @example
834 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
835 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
836 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
837 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
838 @end example
839
840 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
841 each supporting a different development task.
842 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
843 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
844
845 @quotation Important
846 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
847 problems with how it treats variables.
848 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
849 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
850 that can be tested in a later script.
851 @end quotation
852
853 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
854 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
855 to simplify your work.
856
857 @section User Config Files
858 @cindex config file, user
859 @cindex user config file
860 @cindex config file, overview
861
862 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
863 in one place.
864 One of the following will match your situation best:
865
866 @itemize
867 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
868 provided by someone else.
869 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
870 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
871 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
872 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
873 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
874 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
875
876 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
877 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
878
879 @enumerate
880 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
881 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
882 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
883 @end enumerate
884
885 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
886 The first is an interface config file.
887 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
888 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
889 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
890 meet your deadline:
891
892 @example
893 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
894 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
895 @end example
896
897 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
898 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
899 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
900 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
901
902 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
903 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
904 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
905 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
906 target and board
907 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
908 @xref{Autoprobing}.
909
910 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
911 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
912 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
913 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
914
915 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
916 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
917 giving access to your particular flash chips.
918 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
919 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
920
921 @quotation Note
922 When you write new configuration files, please submit
923 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
924 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
925 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
926 will help support users of any board using that chip.
927 @end quotation
928
929 @item
930 You may may need to write some C code.
931 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
932 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
933 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
934 a new chip architecture.
935 @end itemize
936
937 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
938 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
939 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
940
941 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
942 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
943 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
944 @itemize
945
946 @item
947 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
948 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
949 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
950 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
951
952 @item
953 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
954 @cindex vector_catch
955 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
956 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
957 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
958 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
959 along with messaging and tracing setup.
960 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
961
962 @item
963 You might need to override some defaults.
964 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
965 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
966
967 @item
968 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
969 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
970 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
971 @end itemize
972
973 @section Project-Specific Utilities
974
975 A few project-specific utility
976 routines may well speed up your work.
977 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
978
979 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
980 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
981 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
982 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
983 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
984 may help:
985
986 @example
987 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
988 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
989 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
990 # Leave the CPU halted.
991 reset init
992
993 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
994 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
995
996 # Start running.
997 resume 0x20000000
998 @}
999 @end example
1000
1001 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1002 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1003 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1004 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1005 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1006
1007 @example
1008 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1009 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1010 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1011 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1012 reset init
1013
1014 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1015 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1016 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1017 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1018 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1019 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1020 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1021
1022 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1023 reset run
1024 @}
1025 @end example
1026
1027 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1028 from NAND.
1029 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1030 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1031 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1032
1033 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1034 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1035
1036 @section Target Software Changes
1037
1038 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1039 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1040 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1041 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1042 handling issues like:
1043
1044 @itemize @bullet
1045
1046 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1047 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1048 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1049 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1050 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1051 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1052 your debug sessions.
1053
1054 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1055 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1056 That might however be your only option.
1057
1058 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1059 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1060 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1061 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1062 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1063 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1064 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1065 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1066 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1067 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1068 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1069 instead of the whole thing.
1070 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1071 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1072
1073 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1074 @cindex ARM semihosting
1075 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1076 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1077 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1078 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1079 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1080 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1081 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1082 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1083 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1084 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1085 NAND or SPI flash.
1086
1087 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1088 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1089 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1090 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1091 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1092
1093 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1094 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1095 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1096 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1097 registers which can be used to change various features including
1098 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1099 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1100 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1101 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1102 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1103
1104 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1105 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1106 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1107 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1108 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1109
1110 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1111 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1112 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1113 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1114 early code execution can be debugged
1115 or firmware can be replaced.
1116
1117 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1118 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1119 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1120 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1121 operations like writing to memory.)
1122
1123 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1124 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1125 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1126 various kinds of message.
1127 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1128
1129 @end itemize
1130
1131 @section Target Hardware Setup
1132
1133 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1134 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1135 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1136 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1137 working with.}
1138
1139 Common issues include:
1140
1141 @itemize @bullet
1142
1143 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1144 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1145 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1146 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1147 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1148 or one from a daughtercard).
1149 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1150 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1151
1152 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1153 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1154 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1155 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1156 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1157 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1158
1159 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1160 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1161 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1162 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1163 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1164
1165
1166 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1167 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1168 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1169 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1170 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1171 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1172 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1173
1174 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1175 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1176 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1177 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1178 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1179
1180 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1181 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1182 used to start booting.
1183
1184 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1185 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1186 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1187 multiple audio codec chips).
1188 This interacts with software
1189 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1190 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1191 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1192 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1193 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1194 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1195 audio or video codecs are used.
1196
1197 @end itemize
1198
1199 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1200 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1201 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1202 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1203 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1204 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1205 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1206 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1207 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1208 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1209
1210
1211 @node Config File Guidelines
1212 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1213
1214 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1215 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1216 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1217 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1218
1219 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1220 with files including the ones listed here.
1221 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1222 @itemize @bullet
1223 @item @file{interface} ...
1224 These are for debug adapters.
1225 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1226 @example
1227 $ ls interface
1228 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1229 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1230 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1231 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1232 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1233 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1234 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1235 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1236 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1237 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1238 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1239 $
1240 @end example
1241 @item @file{board} ...
1242 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1243 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1244 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1245 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1246 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1247 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1248 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1249 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1250 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1251 a CPU and an FPGA.
1252 @example
1253 $ ls board
1254 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1255 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1256 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1257 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1258 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1259 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1260 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1261 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1262 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1263 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1264 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1265 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1266 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1267 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1268 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1269 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1270 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1271 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1272 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1273 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1274 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1275 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1276 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1277 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1278 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1279 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1280 $
1281 @end example
1282 @item @file{target} ...
1283 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1284 on a chip
1285 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1286 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1287 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1288 the target config file defines all of them.
1289 @example
1290 $ ls target
1291 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1292 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1293 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1294 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1295 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1296 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1297 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1298 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1299 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1300 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1301 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1302 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1303 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1304 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1305 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1306 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1307 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1308 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1309 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1310 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1311 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1312 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1313 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1314 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1315 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1316 $
1317 @end example
1318 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1319 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1320 @end itemize
1321
1322 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1323 file may override features in any of the above files by
1324 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1325 commands specific to their situation.
1326
1327 @section Interface Config Files
1328
1329 The user config file
1330 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1331
1332 @example
1333 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1334 @end example
1335
1336 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1337 in use today with OpenOCD.
1338 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1339 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1340
1341 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1342 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1343 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1344 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1345 and need to provide a driver for it.
1346
1347 @section Board Config Files
1348 @cindex config file, board
1349 @cindex board config file
1350
1351 The user config file
1352 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1353
1354 @example
1355 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1356 @end example
1357
1358 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1359 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1360 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1361
1362 @enumerate
1363 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1364 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1365 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1366 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1367 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1368 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1369 @end enumerate
1370
1371 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1372 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1373 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1374 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1375
1376 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1377 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1378 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1379 configuration works.
1380
1381 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1382
1383 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1384 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1385 convention on how to use certain variables.
1386
1387 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1388 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1389 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1390 used at will within a target configuration file.
1391
1392 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1393 for a board with three chips:
1394
1395 @example
1396 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1397 set CHIPNAME network
1398 set ENDIAN big
1399 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1400 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1401 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1402 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1403
1404 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1405 set CHIPNAME video
1406 set ENDIAN little
1407 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1408 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1409 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1410 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1411
1412 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1413 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1414 unset ENDIAN
1415 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1416 @end example
1417
1418 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1419 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1420 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1421 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1422 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1423 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1424 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1425 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1426
1427 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1428 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1429 naming collisions.
1430
1431 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1432 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1433 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1434 up other clocks and peripherals.
1435
1436 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1437 @cindex variable names
1438
1439 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1440 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1441 one such chip (as shown above).
1442 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1443 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1444 to promote consistency and
1445 so that board files can override target defaults.
1446
1447 Inputs to target config files include:
1448
1449 @itemize @bullet
1450 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1451 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1452 tap identifier dotted names.
1453 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1454 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1455 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1456 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1457 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1458 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1459 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1460 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1461 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1462 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1463 @end itemize
1464
1465 Outputs from target config files include:
1466
1467 @itemize @bullet
1468 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1469 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1470 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1471 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1472 specific to that board and that target.
1473 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1474 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1475 @end itemize
1476
1477 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1478 @cindex event, reset-init
1479 @cindex reset-init handler
1480
1481 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1482 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1483 fully set up yet.
1484 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1485 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1486 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1487 handler is one of the most important.
1488
1489 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1490 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1491 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1492 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1493 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1494
1495 @quotation Note
1496 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1497 are included here.
1498 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1499 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1500 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1501 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1502 @end quotation
1503
1504 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1505 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1506 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1507 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1508 those as parameters.
1509 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1510 and disabling the watchdog.
1511 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1512 the next developer doing such work.
1513 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1514
1515 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1516 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1517 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1518 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1519
1520 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1521
1522 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1523 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1524 a low JTAG clock rate.
1525 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1526 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1527 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1528 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1529 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1530 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1531 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1532
1533 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1534 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1535 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1536 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1537 which might be less than that.
1538
1539 @quotation Warning
1540 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1541 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1542 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1543 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1544 @end quotation
1545
1546 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1547 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1548 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1549 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1550 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1551 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1552
1553 @anchor{The init_board procedure}
1554 @subsection The init_board procedure
1555 @cindex init_board procedure
1556
1557 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets} (@xref{The init_targets procedure}.)
1558 - it's a replacement of ``linear'' configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run
1559 stage (@xref{Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have spearate @code{init_targets} and
1560 @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure everything target specific (internal flash,
1561 internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency,
1562 reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.). Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when
1563 target config file uses @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and
1564 @code{init_targets} - after), so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to
1565 overcome this problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1566 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1567
1568 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1569 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1570
1571 @example
1572 ### board_file.cfg ###
1573
1574 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1575 source [find target/target.cfg]
1576
1577 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1578 # enables fast on-board clock source
1579 # configures the chip to use it
1580 @}
1581
1582 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1583 proc init_board @{@} @{
1584 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1585
1586 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1587 adapter_khz 1
1588 enable_fast_clock
1589 adapter_khz 10000
1590 @}
1591 @}
1592 @end example
1593
1594 @section Target Config Files
1595 @cindex config file, target
1596 @cindex target config file
1597
1598 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1599 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1600 more target config files like this:
1601
1602 @example
1603 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1604 @end example
1605
1606 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1607 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1608 In summary the target files should contain
1609
1610 @enumerate
1611 @item Set defaults
1612 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1613 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1614 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1615 @item On-Chip flash
1616 @end enumerate
1617
1618 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1619 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1620 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1621
1622 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1623 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1624 can talk to the chip.
1625 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1626 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1627 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1628 and other processing engines.
1629
1630 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1631
1632 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1633 letting board config files express environment-specific
1634 differences in how things should be set up.
1635
1636 @example
1637 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1638 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1639 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1640 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1641 @} else @{
1642 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1643 @}
1644
1645 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1646 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1647 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1648 @} else @{
1649 set _ENDIAN little
1650 @}
1651
1652 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1653 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1654 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1655 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1656 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1657 @} else @{
1658 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1659 @}
1660 @end example
1661 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1662
1663 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1664 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1665 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1666
1667 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1668 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1669 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1670
1671 @example
1672 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1673 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1674 @end example
1675
1676 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1677 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1678 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1679 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1680 for taps.
1681
1682 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1683 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1684 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1685 looks (in part) like this:
1686
1687 @example
1688 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1689 @end example
1690
1691 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1692 to source such a config file twice, with different
1693 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1694 it adds a different TAP each time.
1695
1696 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1697 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1698 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1699 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1700
1701 @example
1702 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1703 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1704 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1705 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1706 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1707 @end example
1708
1709 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1710 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1711
1712 @itemize
1713 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1714 plus a JRC to enable them
1715 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1716 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1717 is not currently used)
1718 @end itemize
1719
1720 @subsection Add CPU targets
1721
1722 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1723 GDB and other commands can use it.
1724 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1725 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1726 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1727 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1728
1729 @example
1730 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1731 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1732 @end example
1733
1734 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1735 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1736 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1737 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1738 a work area if you can.
1739 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1740
1741 @example
1742 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1743 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1744 @end example
1745
1746 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1747 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1748 @cindex SMP
1749 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1750
1751 @example
1752 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1753 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1754 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1755 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1756 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1757 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1758 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1759 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1760 @end example
1761 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1762 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1763 @itemize @bullet
1764 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1765 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1766 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1767 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1768 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1769 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1770 @end itemize
1771
1772 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1773 command have been implemented.
1774 @itemize @bullet
1775 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1776 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1777 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1778 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1779 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1780 following example.
1781 @end itemize
1782
1783 @example
1784 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1785 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1786 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1787 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1788 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1789 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1790 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1791 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1792 > resume
1793 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1794 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1795 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1796 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1797 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1798 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1799 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1800 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1801 @end example
1802
1803
1804 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1805
1806 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1807 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1808 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1809
1810 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1811 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1812 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1813 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1814 both signals.
1815
1816 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1817 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1818 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1819 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1820 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1821 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1822 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1823 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1824 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1825 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1826 not available.)
1827
1828 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1829 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1830 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1831 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1832 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1833 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1834 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1835 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1836
1837 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1838 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1839 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1840 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1841 slower clock than they will use later.
1842 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1843 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1844 than they will use later.
1845 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1846
1847 @quotation Important
1848 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1849 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1850 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1851 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1852 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1853 @end quotation
1854
1855 @anchor{The init_targets procedure}
1856 @subsection The init_targets procedure
1857 @cindex init_targets procedure
1858
1859 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in configuration stage,
1860 @xref{Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed
1861 when entering run stage (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{Entering the Run Stage}.)
1862 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original). This concept faciliates code
1863 reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which
1864 can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with
1865 ``linear'' config scripts, because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
1866
1867 @example
1868 ### generic_file.cfg ###
1869
1870 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
1871 # basic initialization procedure ...
1872 @}
1873
1874 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1875 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
1876 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
1877 @}
1878
1879 ### specific_file.cfg ###
1880
1881 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
1882
1883 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1884 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
1885 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
1886 @}
1887 @end example
1888
1889 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to enclose every line of ``code''
1890 (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
1891
1892 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
1893
1894 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files (@xref{The init_board procedure}.)
1895
1896 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1897
1898 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1899 special high speed download features - enable it.
1900
1901 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1902
1903 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1904 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1905 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1906 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1907 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1908 If you are using an external trace port,
1909 configure it in your board config file.
1910 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1911 configure it in your target config file.
1912
1913 @example
1914 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1915 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1916 @end example
1917
1918 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1919
1920 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1921
1922 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1923 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1924 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1925 the TARGET (chip) file.
1926
1927 Examples:
1928 @itemize @bullet
1929 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1930 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1931 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1932 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1933 @end itemize
1934
1935 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1936 @section Translating Configuration Files
1937 @cindex translation
1938 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1939 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1940 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1941 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1942 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1943 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1944
1945 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1946 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1947 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1948 convert other scripts later on.
1949
1950 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1951 replace job:
1952
1953 @example
1954 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1955 #
1956 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1957 #
1958 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1959 #
1960 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1961
1962 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1963 global TARGETNAME
1964
1965 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1966
1967 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1968 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1969 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1970 @}
1971 @end example
1972
1973
1974
1975 @node Daemon Configuration
1976 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1977 @cindex initialization
1978 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1979 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1980 supported.
1981
1982 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1983 @section Configuration Stage
1984 @cindex configuration stage
1985 @cindex config command
1986
1987 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1988 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1989 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1990 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1991 inside startup scripts.
1992
1993 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1994 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1995 which may be issued interactively.
1996 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1997 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1998
1999 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2000 flash banks,
2001 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2002 and other basic setup.
2003 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2004 may access or activate TAPs.
2005 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2006 longer be issued.
2007
2008 @anchor{Entering the Run Stage}
2009 @section Entering the Run Stage
2010
2011 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2012 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2013 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2014 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2015 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2016 You should see no errors at this point.
2017 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2018 commands you used to configure the server.
2019 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2020 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2021 on the scan chain.
2022
2023 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2024 become available.
2025 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2026 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2027 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2028 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2029 entry to the run stage.
2030
2031 @deffn {Config Command} init
2032 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2033 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2034 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2035 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2036 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2037 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2038
2039 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2040 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2041 configuration files and/or command line options.
2042
2043 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2044 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2045 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2046 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2047 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2048 @end deffn
2049
2050 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2051 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2052 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2053
2054 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2055 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2056 scan chain.
2057 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2058 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2059
2060 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2061 they return.
2062 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2063 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2064 @end deffn
2065
2066 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
2067 @section TCP/IP Ports
2068 @cindex TCP port
2069 @cindex server
2070 @cindex port
2071 @cindex security
2072 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2073 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2074 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2075
2076 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2077 access using one or more of these ports.
2078 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2079 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2080 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2081
2082 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2083 @cindex GDB server
2084 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2085 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2086 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2087 the normal use cases.
2088
2089 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2090 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2091 disables the gdb server.
2092
2093 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2094 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2095
2096 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2097 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2098
2099 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2100 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2101 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2102
2103 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2104 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2105 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2106 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2107 @end deffn
2108
2109 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2110 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2111 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2112 output from the Tcl engine.
2113 Intended as a machine interface.
2114 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2115 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2116
2117 @end deffn
2118
2119 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2120 Specify or query the
2121 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2122 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2123 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2124 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2125 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2126 @end deffn
2127
2128 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2129 @section GDB Configuration
2130 @cindex GDB
2131 @cindex GDB configuration
2132 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2133 The ones listed here are static and global.
2134 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2135 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2136
2137 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2138 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2139 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2140 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2141 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2142 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2143 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2144 @end deffn
2145
2146 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2147 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2148 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2149 vFlash packet is received.
2150 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2151 @end deffn
2152
2153 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2154 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2155 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2156 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2157 for flash programming to work.
2158 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2159 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2160 @end deffn
2161
2162 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2163 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2164 by GDB memory read packets.
2165 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2166 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2167 @end deffn
2168
2169 @anchor{Event Polling}
2170 @section Event Polling
2171
2172 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2173 where significant events can happen at any time.
2174 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2175 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2176 or to GDB.
2177
2178 Examples of such events include:
2179
2180 @itemize
2181 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2182 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2183 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2184 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2185 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2186 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2187 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2188 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2189 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2190 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2191 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2192 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2193 @end itemize
2194
2195 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2196 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2197 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2198 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2199 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2200
2201 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2202 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2203 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2204 to the various active targets.
2205 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2206 which is normally done in the background.
2207
2208 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2209 Poll the current target for its current state.
2210 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2211 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2212 specific information about the current state is printed.
2213 An optional parameter
2214 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2215
2216 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2217 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2218 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2219 @example
2220 > poll
2221 background polling: on
2222 target state: halted
2223 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2224 current mode: Supervisor
2225 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2226 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2227 >
2228 @end example
2229 @end deffn
2230
2231 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2232 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2233 @cindex config file, interface
2234 @cindex interface config file
2235
2236 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2237 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2238 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2239
2240 @quotation Note
2241 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2242 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2243 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2244 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2245 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2246 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2247 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2248 @end quotation
2249
2250 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2251 through commands in an interface configuration
2252 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2253 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2254
2255 @example
2256 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2257 @end example
2258
2259 These commands tell
2260 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2261 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2262
2263 @example
2264 # jlink interface
2265 interface jlink
2266 @end example
2267
2268 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2269
2270
2271 @section Interface Configuration
2272
2273 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2274 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2275 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2276
2277 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2278 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2279 target.
2280 @end deffn
2281
2282 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2283 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2284 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2285 @end deffn
2286 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2287 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2288 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2289 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2290 the hardware can support.
2291 @end deffn
2292
2293
2294
2295 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2296 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2297 @end deffn
2298
2299 @section Interface Drivers
2300
2301 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2302 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2303 available at run time.
2304
2305 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2306 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2307 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2308 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2309
2310 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2311 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2312 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2313 @end deffn
2314
2315 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2316 Displays status of RTCK option.
2317 Optionally sets that option first.
2318 @end deffn
2319 @end deffn
2320
2321 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2322 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2323 This has one driver-specific command:
2324
2325 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2326 Logs some status
2327 @end deffn
2328 @end deffn
2329
2330 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2331 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2332 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2333 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2334 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2335 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2336 @end deffn
2337
2338 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2339 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2340 @end deffn
2341
2342 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2343 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2344 @end deffn
2345
2346 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2347 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2348 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2349 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2350
2351 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2352 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2353 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2354 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2355 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2356 @end deffn
2357
2358 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2359 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2360 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2361 is connected to the host.
2362 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2363 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2364 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2365 @end deffn
2366
2367 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2368 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2369 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2370 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2371 @itemize @minus
2372 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2373 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2374 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2375 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2376 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2377 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2378 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2379 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2380 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2381 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2382 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2383 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2384 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2385 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2386 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2387 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2388 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2389 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2390 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2391 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2392 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2393 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2394 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2395 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2396 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2397 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2398 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2399 @end itemize
2400 @end deffn
2401
2402 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2403 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2404 default values are used.
2405 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2406 @example
2407 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2408 @end example
2409 @end deffn
2410
2411 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2412 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2413 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2414 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2415 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2416 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2417 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2418 @end deffn
2419
2420 For example, the interface config file for a
2421 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2422
2423 @example
2424 interface ft2232
2425 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2426 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2427 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2428 @end example
2429 @end deffn
2430
2431 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2432 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2433 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2434 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2435
2436 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2437 processors which are being simulated.
2438
2439 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2440 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2441 sockets instead of TCP.
2442 @end deffn
2443
2444 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2445 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2446 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2447 @end deffn
2448
2449 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2450 something like:
2451
2452 @example
2453 interface remote_bitbang
2454 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2455 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2456 @end example
2457
2458 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2459 named mysocket:
2460
2461 @example
2462 interface remote_bitbang
2463 remote_bitbang_port 0
2464 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2465 @end example
2466 @end deffn
2467
2468 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2469 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2470 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2471 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2472
2473 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2474 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2475 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2476 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2477 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2478 @end deffn
2479
2480 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2481 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2482 default values are used.
2483 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2484 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2485 @example
2486 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2487 @end example
2488 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2489 @example
2490 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2491 @end example
2492 @end deffn
2493
2494 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2495 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2496 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2497 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2498
2499 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2500 @example
2501 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2502 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2503 @end example
2504 @end deffn
2505
2506 @end deffn
2507
2508 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2509 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2510 This has one driver-specific command:
2511
2512 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2513 Display either the address of the I/O port
2514 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2515 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2516 This is a write-once setting.
2517 @end deffn
2518 @end deffn
2519
2520 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2521 Segger jlink USB adapter
2522 @c command: jlink caps
2523 @c dumps jlink capabilities
2524 @c command: jlink config
2525 @c access J-Link configurationif no argument this will dump the config
2526 @c command: jlink config kickstart [val]
2527 @c set Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19.
2528 @c command: jlink config mac_address [ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff]
2529 @c set the MAC Address
2530 @c command: jlink config ip [A.B.C.D[/E] [F.G.H.I]]
2531 @c set the ip address of the J-Link Pro, "
2532 @c where A.B.C.D is the ip,
2533 @c E the bit of the subnet mask
2534 @c F.G.H.I the subnet mask
2535 @c command: jlink config reset
2536 @c reset the current config
2537 @c command: jlink config save
2538 @c save the current config
2539 @c command: jlink config usb_address [0x00 to 0x03 or 0xff]
2540 @c set the USB-Address,
2541 @c This will change the product id
2542 @c command: jlink info
2543 @c dumps status
2544 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2545 @c sets version 2 or 3
2546 @c command: jlink pid
2547 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2548 @end deffn
2549
2550 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2551 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2552 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2553 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2554 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2555
2556 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2557 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2558 This is a write-once setting.
2559 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2560
2561 @itemize @minus
2562 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2563 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2564 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2565 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2566 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2567 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2568 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2569 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2570 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2571 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2572 some versions of
2573 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2574 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2575 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2576 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2577 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2578 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2579 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2580 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2581 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2582 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2583 @end itemize
2584 @end deffn
2585
2586 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2587 Display either the address of the I/O port
2588 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2589 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2590 This is a write-once setting.
2591
2592 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2593 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2594 you may encounter a problem.
2595 @end deffn
2596
2597 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2598 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2599 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2600 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2601 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2602 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2603
2604 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2605 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2606 @quotation Tip
2607 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2608 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2609 @example
2610 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2611 > adapter_khz 500
2612 @end example
2613 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2614 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2615 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2616 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2617 large set of samples.
2618 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2619 @example
2620 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2621 @end example
2622 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2623 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2624
2625 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2626 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2627 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2628 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2629 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2630 @end quotation
2631 @end deffn
2632
2633 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2634 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2635 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2636 @end deffn
2637
2638 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2639 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2640
2641 @example
2642 interface parport
2643 parport_port 0x278
2644 parport_cable wiggler
2645 @end example
2646 @end deffn
2647
2648 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2649 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2650 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2651 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2652 @end deffn
2653 @end deffn
2654
2655 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2656 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2657 @end deffn
2658
2659 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2660 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2661 @end deffn
2662
2663 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2664 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2665
2666 @quotation Note
2667 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2668 which are not currently documented here.
2669 @end quotation
2670 @end deffn
2671
2672 @deffn {Interface Driver} {stlink}
2673 ST Micro ST-LINK adapter.
2674 @end deffn
2675
2676 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2677 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2678 @end deffn
2679
2680 @quotation Note
2681 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2682 which are not currently documented here.
2683 @end quotation
2684
2685 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2686 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2687 No arguments: print status.
2688 @end deffn
2689
2690 @section Transport Configuration
2691 @cindex Transport
2692 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2693 and the debug adapter you are using,
2694 several transports may be available to
2695 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2696 @deffn Command {transport list}
2697 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2698 version of OpenOCD.
2699 @end deffn
2700
2701 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2702 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2703 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2704 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2705 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2706 @end deffn
2707
2708 @subsection JTAG Transport
2709 @cindex JTAG
2710 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2711 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2712 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2713 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2714 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2715 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2716 @subsection SWD Transport
2717 @cindex SWD
2718 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2719 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2720 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2721 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2722 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2723 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2724 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2725 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2726 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2727 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2728 expected to change.
2729 @end deffn
2730 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2731 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2732 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2733 No parameters: displays current settings.
2734 @end deffn
2735
2736 @subsection SPI Transport
2737 @cindex SPI
2738 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2739 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2740 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2741 solution for flash programming.
2742
2743 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2744 @section JTAG Speed
2745 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2746 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2747 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2748 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2749 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2750 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2751 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2752 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2753 power management software that may be active.
2754
2755 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2756 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2757 target event handler.
2758 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2759 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2760 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2761 sets up those clocks).
2762 @xref{Target Events}.
2763 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2764 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2765 in the target config file.
2766 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2767 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2768 config file instead.
2769 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2770 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2771 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2772
2773 @example
2774 jtag_rclk 3000
2775 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2776 @end example
2777
2778 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2779 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2780 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2781 may not be the fastest solution.
2782
2783 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2784 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2785 which support adaptive clocking.
2786
2787 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2788 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2789 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2790 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2791 than the speed specified.
2792
2793 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2794 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2795 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2796 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2797
2798 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2799 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2800 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2801 JTAG clocking after setup.
2802 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2803 If the interface device can not
2804 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2805 @end deffn
2806
2807 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2808 @cindex adaptive clocking
2809 @cindex RTCK
2810 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2811 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2812 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2813 @example
2814 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2815 jtag_rclk 3000
2816 @end example
2817 @end defun
2818
2819 @node Reset Configuration
2820 @chapter Reset Configuration
2821 @cindex Reset Configuration
2822
2823 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2824 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2825 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2826 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2827 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2828 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2829 Please see the various board files for examples.
2830
2831 @quotation Note
2832 To maintainers and integrators:
2833 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2834 Normally the board configuration file
2835 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2836 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2837
2838 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2839 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2840 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2841 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2842 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2843 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2844 @end quotation
2845
2846 @section Types of Reset
2847
2848 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2849 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2850 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2851
2852 @itemize @bullet
2853 @item
2854 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2855 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2856 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2857 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2858 @item
2859 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2860 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2861 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2862 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2863 @item
2864 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2865 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2866 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2867 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2868 @item
2869 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2870 several other types of reset.
2871 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2872 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2873 There may be individual module resets.
2874 @end itemize
2875
2876 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2877 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2878 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2879 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2880 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2881 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2882 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2883 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2884 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2885
2886 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2887 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2888
2889 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2890 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2891 common issues are:
2892
2893 @itemize @bullet
2894
2895 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2896 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2897 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2898 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2899 when either of those signals is not connected.
2900 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2901 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2902 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2903 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2904
2905 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2906 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2907 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2908 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2909
2910 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2911 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2912 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2913 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2914 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2915 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2916 hardware debouncing.
2917 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2918 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2919
2920 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2921 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2922 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2923 to use push/pull output drivers.
2924 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2925 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2926 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2927 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2928
2929 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2930 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2931 issues (not limited to errata).
2932 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2933 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2934 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2935 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2936 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2937 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2938 @end itemize
2939
2940 There can also be other issues.
2941 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2942 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2943 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2944 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2945 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2946 Agreement (NDA).
2947
2948 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2949 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2950 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2951
2952 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2953 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2954
2955 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2956
2957 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2958 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2959 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2960 allowing it to be deasserted.
2961 @end deffn
2962
2963 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2964 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2965 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2966 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2967 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2968 @end deffn
2969
2970 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2971 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2972 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2973 allowing it to be deasserted.
2974 @end deffn
2975
2976 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2977 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2978 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2979 @end deffn
2980
2981 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2982 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2983 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2984 configuration scripts.
2985
2986 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2987 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2988 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2989 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2990 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2991 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2992 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2993 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2994
2995 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2996 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2997 @var{gates},
2998 @var{trst_type},
2999 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
3000 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3001 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3002 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3003 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3004 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3005
3006 @itemize
3007 @item
3008 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3009 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3010 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3011 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3012 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3013
3014 @quotation Tip
3015 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3016 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3017 @end quotation
3018
3019 @item
3020 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3021 signal implementations.
3022 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3023 indicating everything behaves normally.
3024 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3025 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3026 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3027 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3028 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3029 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3030 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3031
3032 @item
3033 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3034 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3035 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3036 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3037 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3038 while SRST is asserted.
3039 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3040 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3041 @end itemize
3042
3043 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3044 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3045 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3046 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3047 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3048
3049 @itemize
3050 @item
3051 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3052 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3053 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3054 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3055
3056 @item
3057 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3058 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3059 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3060 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3061 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3062 @end itemize
3063 @end deffn
3064
3065 @section Custom Reset Handling
3066 @cindex events
3067
3068 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3069 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3070 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3071 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3072 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3073 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3074
3075 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3076 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3077 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3078 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3079 want to reset everything at once.
3080
3081 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3082 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3083 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3084 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3085 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3086 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3087 needs special attention.
3088
3089 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3090 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3091 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3092 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3093 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3094 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3095 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
3096 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3097
3098 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3099 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3100 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3101 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3102 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3103
3104 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3105 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3106 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3107 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3108 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3109 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3110 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3111 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3112 or potentially some other value.
3113
3114 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3115 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3116 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3117 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3118 (or their associated targets)
3119 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3120
3121 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3122 they return.
3123 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3124 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3125 @end deffn
3126
3127 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3128 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3129 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3130 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3131 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3132 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3133 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3134 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3135 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3136 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3137 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3138 @end deffn
3139
3140 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3141 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3142 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3143 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3144 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3145 @end deffn
3146
3147
3148 @node TAP Declaration
3149 @chapter TAP Declaration
3150 @cindex TAP declaration
3151 @cindex TAP configuration
3152
3153 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3154 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3155
3156 @itemize @bullet
3157 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3158 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3159 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3160 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3161 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3162 start running that code.
3163 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3164 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3165 and missing connections
3166 @end itemize
3167
3168 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3169 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3170 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3171 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3172 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3173
3174 @section Scan Chains
3175 @cindex scan chain
3176
3177 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3178 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3179 They also need to be added to
3180 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3181 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3182 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3183 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3184 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3185 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3186 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3187 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3188
3189 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3190 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3191 command, presented in the next chapter.
3192 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3193 debugging targets.)
3194 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3195
3196 @verbatim
3197 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3198 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3199 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3200 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3201 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3202 @end verbatim
3203
3204 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3205 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3206 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3207 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3208 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3209 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3210 until they are told to do so.
3211
3212 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3213 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3214 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3215 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3216
3217 @example
3218 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3219 @end example
3220
3221 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3222 by a given chip.
3223 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3224 and so forth.
3225 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3226 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3227 a single chip and between them.
3228 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3229
3230 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3231 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3232 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3233 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3234 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3235 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3236 includes commands something like this:
3237
3238 @example
3239 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3240 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3241 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3242 @end example
3243
3244 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3245 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3246 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3247
3248 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3249 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3250 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3251 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3252 @example
3253 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3254 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3255 @}
3256 @end example
3257 @end deffn
3258
3259 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3260 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3261 and their status.
3262 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3263 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3264 but systems with a JTAG router can
3265 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3266 @end deffn
3267
3268 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3269 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3270
3271 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3272 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3273
3274 @section TAP Names
3275 @cindex dotted name
3276
3277 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3278 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3279 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3280 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3281 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3282 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3283 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3284 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3285
3286 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3287 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3288 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3289
3290 @quotation Tip
3291 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3292 This feature is still present.
3293 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3294 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3295 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3296 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3297 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3298 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3299 @end quotation
3300
3301 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3302
3303 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3304 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3305 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3306 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3307 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3308
3309 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3310 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3311 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3312 overridable.
3313
3314 @cindex TAP naming convention
3315 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3316 and should follow this convention:
3317
3318 @itemize @bullet
3319 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3320 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3321 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3322 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3323 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3324 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3325 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3326 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3327 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3328 with a single TAP;
3329 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3330 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3331 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3332 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3333 @end itemize
3334
3335 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3336
3337 @itemize @bullet
3338 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3339 @*The length in bits of the
3340 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3341 @end itemize
3342
3343 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3344
3345 @itemize @bullet
3346 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3347 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3348 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3349 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3350 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3351 (the TAP is linked in).
3352 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3353 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3354 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3355 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3356 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3357 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3358 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3359 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3360 values that were found but not included in the list.
3361
3362 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3363 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3364 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3365 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3366 hardware to find these values.
3367 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3368 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3369 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3370 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3371 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3372 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3373 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3374 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3375 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3376 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3377 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3378 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3379 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3380 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3381 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3382 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3383 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3384 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3385 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3386 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3387 @end itemize
3388 @end deffn
3389
3390 @section Other TAP commands
3391
3392 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3393 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3394 At this writing this TAP attribute
3395 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3396 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3397 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3398 See the next section for information about the available events.
3399
3400 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3401 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3402 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3403 @end deffn
3404
3405 @anchor{TAP Events}
3406 @section TAP Events
3407 @cindex events
3408 @cindex TAP events
3409
3410 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3411 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3412 The other applies to debugger targets,
3413 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3414
3415 The TAP events currently defined are:
3416
3417 @itemize @bullet
3418 @item @b{post-reset}
3419 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3420 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3421 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3422 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3423 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3424
3425 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3426 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3427 of any particular target.
3428 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3429 @item @b{setup}
3430 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3431 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3432 @item @b{tap-disable}
3433 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3434 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3435 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3436 @item @b{tap-enable}
3437 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3438 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3439 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3440 @end itemize
3441
3442 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3443 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3444 contents to be accurate), you might:
3445
3446 @example
3447 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3448 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3449 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3450 @}
3451 @end example
3452
3453
3454 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3455 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3456 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3457 @cindex jrc
3458
3459 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3460 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3461 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3462 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3463 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3464
3465 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3466 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3467 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3468 be visible.
3469 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3470 ignores, such as:
3471
3472 @itemize
3473 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3474 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3475 TAPs receive new instructions.
3476 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3477 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3478 @end itemize
3479
3480 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3481 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3482 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3483 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3484
3485 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3486 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3487
3488 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3489 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3490 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3491 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3492 should define TAP event handlers using
3493 code that looks something like this:
3494
3495 @example
3496 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3497 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3498 @}
3499 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3500 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3501 @}
3502 @end example
3503
3504 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3505
3506 @example
3507 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3508 @end example
3509
3510 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3511 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3512 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3513 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3514
3515 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3516 If necessary, disables the tap
3517 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3518 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3519 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3520 and "0" if it is disabled.
3521 @end deffn
3522
3523 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3524 If necessary, enables the tap
3525 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3526 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3527 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3528 and "0" if it is disabled.
3529 @end deffn
3530
3531 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3532 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3533 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3534 and "0" if it is disabled.
3535
3536 @quotation Note
3537 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3538 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3539 @end quotation
3540 @end deffn
3541
3542 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3543 @section Autoprobing
3544 @cindex autoprobe
3545 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3546
3547 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3548 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3549 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3550 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3551
3552 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3553 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3554 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3555 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3556 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3557 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3558 right when they come out of reset).
3559
3560 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3561
3562 @example
3563 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3564 reset_config trst_and_srst
3565 jtag_rclk 8
3566 @end example
3567
3568 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3569 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3570
3571 @enumerate
3572 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3573 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3574 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3575 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3576 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3577 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3578 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3579 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3580 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3581 that is discovered.
3582 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3583 register, it will report it.
3584 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3585 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3586 @end enumerate
3587
3588 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3589 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3590 that's a bit more complex:
3591
3592 @example
3593 clock speed 8 kHz
3594 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3595 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3596 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3597 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3598 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3599 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3600 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3601 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3602 @end example
3603
3604 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3605 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3606 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3607 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3608 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3609 and so forth.
3610
3611 @node CPU Configuration
3612 @chapter CPU Configuration
3613 @cindex GDB target
3614
3615 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3616 You can also access these targets without GDB
3617 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3618 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3619 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3620 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3621
3622 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3623 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3624
3625 @section Target List
3626 @cindex target, current
3627 @cindex target, list
3628
3629 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3630 where each member has a name.
3631 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3632 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3633 (plural!) command.
3634 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3635 look like with more than one:
3636 @verbatim
3637 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3638 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3639 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3640 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3641 @end verbatim
3642
3643 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3644 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3645 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3646 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3647 space seen by that current target.
3648 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3649 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3650 are examples; and there are many more.
3651
3652 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3653
3654 @deffn Command {target count}
3655 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3656 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3657 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3658
3659 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3660 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3661 @example
3662 set c [target count]
3663 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3664 # Assuming you have created this function
3665 print_target_details $x
3666 @}
3667 @end example
3668 @end deffn
3669
3670 @deffn Command {target current}
3671 Returns the name of the current target.
3672 @end deffn
3673
3674 @deffn Command {target names}
3675 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3676 @example
3677 foreach t [target names] @{
3678 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3679 @}
3680 @end example
3681 @end deffn
3682
3683 @deffn Command {target number} number
3684 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3685 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3686
3687 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3688 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3689 @example
3690 set thename [target number $x]
3691 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3692 @end example
3693 @end deffn
3694
3695 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3696 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3697
3698 @deffn Command targets [name]
3699 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3700 command names are singular.}
3701
3702 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3703 targets in a user friendly form.
3704
3705 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3706 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3707 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3708 @end deffn
3709
3710 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3711 @cindex target type
3712 @cindex CPU type
3713 @cindex CPU variant
3714
3715 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3716 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3717 when calling @command{target create}.
3718 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3719 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3720 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3721 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3722 what core-specific commands may be available
3723 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3724 and more.
3725
3726 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3727 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3728 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3729 worked around in some chip versions.
3730
3731 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3732 since there's a command to list them.
3733 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3734 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3735
3736 @anchor{target types}
3737 @deffn Command {target types}
3738 Lists all supported target types.
3739 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3740
3741 @itemize @bullet
3742 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3743 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3744 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3745 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3746 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3747 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3748 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3749 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3750 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3751 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3752 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3753 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
3754 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3755 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3756 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3757 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3758 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3759 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3760 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3761 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3762 There are several variants defined:
3763 @itemize @minus
3764 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3765 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3766 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3767 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3768 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3769 @end itemize
3770 @end itemize
3771 @end deffn
3772
3773 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3774 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3775 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3776 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3777 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3778 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3779 reflect design generations;
3780 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3781 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3782
3783 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3784 @section Target Configuration
3785
3786 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3787 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3788 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3789 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3790 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3791
3792 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3793 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3794 optional parts.
3795 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3796 command, created as part of target creation.
3797
3798 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3799 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3800 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3801 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3802 to be much more board-specific.
3803 The key steps you use might look something like this
3804
3805 @example
3806 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3807 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3808 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3809 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3810 @end example
3811
3812 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3813 on-chip SRAM.
3814 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3815 writes to target memory;
3816 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3817 GDB memory checksumming;
3818 and more.
3819
3820 @quotation Warning
3821 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3822 inaccessible when application code
3823 (such as an operating system)
3824 enables or disables the MMU.
3825 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3826 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3827 easy access to other addresses needed.
3828 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3829 @end quotation
3830
3831 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3832 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3833 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3834 controllers.
3835 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3836 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3837 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3838
3839 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3840 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3841 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3842 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3843 purposes including additional configuration.
3844
3845 @itemize @bullet
3846 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3847 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3848 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3849 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3850
3851 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3852 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3853 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3854 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3855 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3856 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3857 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3858 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3859
3860 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3861 @end itemize
3862 @end deffn
3863
3864 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3865 The options accepted by this command may also be
3866 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3867 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3868 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3869
3870 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3871 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3872 and changing its endianness or variant.
3873
3874 @itemize @bullet
3875
3876 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3877 used to access this target.
3878
3879 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3880 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3881
3882 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3883 @xref{Target Events}.
3884 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3885 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3886 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3887 same event name assigns only one handler.
3888
3889 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3890 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3891
3892 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3893 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3894 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3895 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3896 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3897 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3898 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3899
3900 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3901 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3902 or virtual address is being used.
3903
3904 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3905 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3906
3907 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3908 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3909 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3910 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3911 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3912
3913 @end itemize
3914 @end deffn
3915
3916 @section Other $target_name Commands
3917 @cindex object command
3918
3919 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3920 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3921
3922 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3923 Once a button is created a button
3924 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3925 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3926 configure it like this:
3927
3928 @example
3929 # Create
3930 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3931 # Modify
3932 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3933 # Query
3934 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3935 # Report
3936 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3937 @end example
3938
3939 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3940 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3941
3942 @example
3943 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3944 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3945 @end example
3946
3947 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3948
3949 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3950 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3951 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3952 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3953 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3954 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3955 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3956 They are not otherwise documented here.
3957 @end deffn
3958
3959 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3960 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3961 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3962 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3963 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3964 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3965 the target side uses raw memory.
3966
3967 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3968 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3969 The script orientation comes from working with data
3970 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3971 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3972 and neither store nor return those values.
3973
3974 @itemize
3975 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3976 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3977 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3978 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3979 @end itemize
3980 @end deffn
3981
3982 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3983 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3984 @command{$target_name configure}
3985 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3986 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3987 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3988 There are a few special cases:
3989
3990 @itemize @bullet
3991 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3992 event named @var{event_name}.
3993 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3994 two parameters.
3995 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3996 This is a special case because this is set using
3997 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3998 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3999 @end itemize
4000
4001 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4002 all the targets you might use something like this:
4003
4004 @example
4005 foreach name [target names] @{
4006 set y [$name cget -endian]
4007 set z [$name cget -type]
4008 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4009 $x $name $y $z]
4010 @}
4011 @end example
4012 @end deffn
4013
4014 @anchor{target curstate}
4015 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4016 Displays the current target state:
4017 @code{debug-running},
4018 @code{halted},
4019 @code{reset},
4020 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4021 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
4022 @end deffn
4023
4024 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4025 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4026 currently associated with this target.
4027 @xref{Target Events}.
4028 @end deffn
4029
4030 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4031 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4032 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4033 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4034 @end deffn
4035
4036 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4037 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4038 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4039 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4040 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4041 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4042 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4043 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4044 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4045 @end deffn
4046
4047 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4048 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4049 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4050 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4051 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4052 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4053 @end deffn
4054
4055 @anchor{Target Events}
4056 @section Target Events
4057 @cindex target events
4058 @cindex events
4059 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4060 For example:
4061 @itemize @bullet
4062 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4063 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4064 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4065 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4066 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4067 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4068 to set up system clocks or
4069 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4070 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4071 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4072 @end itemize
4073
4074 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4075 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4076 @command{target create ... -event}.
4077
4078 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4079 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4080 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4081
4082 @example
4083 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4084 echo "Reset..."
4085 reset halt
4086 @}
4087 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4088 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4089 echo "Reset..."
4090 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4091 reset init
4092 @}
4093 @end example
4094
4095 The following target events are defined:
4096
4097 @itemize @bullet
4098 @item @b{debug-halted}
4099 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4100 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4101 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4102 @item @b{early-halted}
4103 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4104 @ignore
4105 @item @b{examine-end}
4106 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
4107 @item @b{examine-start}
4108 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
4109 @end ignore
4110 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4111 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4112 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4113 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4114 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4115 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4116 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4117 @* When GDB disconnects
4118 @item @b{gdb-end}
4119 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4120 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4121 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4122 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4123 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4124 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4125 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4126 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4127 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4128 @item @b{gdb-start}
4129 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4130 @item @b{halted}
4131 @* The target has halted
4132 @ignore
4133 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
4134 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4135 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
4136 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4137 @end ignore
4138 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4139 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4140 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4141 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4142 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4143 @item @b{reset-assert}
4144 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4145 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4146 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4147 it instead of asserting SRST.
4148 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4149 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4150 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4151 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4152 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4153 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4154 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4155 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4156 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4157 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4158 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4159 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4160 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4161 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4162 released on the scan chain.
4163 @item @b{reset-end}
4164 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4165 @ignore
4166 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4167 @* Currently not used
4168 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4169 @* Currently not used
4170 @end ignore
4171 @item @b{reset-init}
4172 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4173 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4174
4175 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4176 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4177 multiplexing, and so on.
4178 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4179 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4180 @item @b{reset-start}
4181 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4182 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4183
4184 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4185 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4186 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4187 @ignore
4188 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4189 @* Currently not used
4190 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4191 @* Currently not used
4192 @end ignore
4193 @item @b{resume-start}
4194 @* Before any target is resumed
4195 @item @b{resume-end}
4196 @* After all targets have resumed
4197 @item @b{resume-ok}
4198 @* Success
4199 @item @b{resumed}
4200 @* Target has resumed
4201 @end itemize
4202
4203
4204 @node Flash Commands
4205 @chapter Flash Commands
4206
4207 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4208 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4209 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4210 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4211 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4212 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4213 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4214 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4215 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4216
4217 Flash Steps:
4218 @enumerate
4219 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4220 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4221 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4222 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4223 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4224 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4225 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4226 @item GDB Flashing
4227 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4228 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4229 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4230 @end enumerate
4231
4232 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4233 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4234 so that it can't boot.
4235 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4236 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4237
4238 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4239 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4240 @cindex flash configuration
4241
4242 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4243 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4244 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4245 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4246 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4247 see the driver-specific documentation.
4248
4249 @itemize @bullet
4250 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4251 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4252 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4253 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4254 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4255 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4256 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4257 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4258 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4259 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4260 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4261 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4262 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4263 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4264 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4265 commands to the flash controller.
4266 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4267 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4268 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4269 for more information.
4270 @end itemize
4271 @quotation Note
4272 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4273 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4274 @end quotation
4275 @end deffn
4276
4277 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4278 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4279 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4280 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4281 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4282 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4283 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4284 @end deffn
4285
4286 @deffn Command {flash list}
4287 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4288 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4289 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4290 @end deffn
4291
4292 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4293 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4294 depends on the flash type.
4295 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4296 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4297 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4298 but most don't bother.
4299 @end deffn
4300
4301 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4302 @cindex flash erasing
4303 @cindex flash reading
4304 @cindex flash writing
4305 @cindex flash programming
4306
4307 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4308 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4309 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4310 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4311 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4312
4313 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4314 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4315 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4316 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4317 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4318
4319 @quotation Note
4320 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4321 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4322 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4323 back to a flash bank.
4324 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4325 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4326 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4327 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4328 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4329 @end quotation
4330
4331 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4332 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4333 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4334 disabled first.
4335 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4336 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4337 @xref{flash protect}.
4338
4339 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4340 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4341 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4342 up to and including @var{last}.
4343 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4344 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4345 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4346 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4347 @end deffn
4348
4349 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4350 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4351 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4352 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4353 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4354 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4355 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4356 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4357 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4358 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4359 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4360 before erase starts.
4361 @end deffn
4362
4363 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4364 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4365 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4366 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4367 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4368 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4369 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4370 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4371 before issuing this command.
4372 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4373 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4374 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4375 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4376 @end deffn
4377 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4378
4379 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4380 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4381 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4382 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4383 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4384 @end deffn
4385
4386 @anchor{flash write_image}
4387 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4388 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4389 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4390 to the base address for each section in the image.
4391 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4392 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4393 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4394 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4395 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4396 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4397 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4398 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4399 each image section.
4400
4401 @quotation Warning
4402 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4403 data you want to preserve.
4404 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4405 sections might be erased with no notice.
4406 @itemize
4407 @item
4408 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4409 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4410 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4411 @item
4412 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4413 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4414 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4415 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4416 @end itemize
4417 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4418 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4419 @end quotation
4420
4421 @end deffn
4422
4423 @section Other Flash commands
4424 @cindex flash protection
4425
4426 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4427 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4428 and display that status.
4429 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4430 @end deffn
4431
4432 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4433 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4434 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4435 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4436 and possibly stale information.
4437 @end deffn
4438
4439 @anchor{flash protect}
4440 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4441 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4442 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4443 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4444 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4445 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4446 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4447 @end deffn
4448
4449 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4450 @section Flash Driver List
4451 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4452 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4453 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4454
4455 @subsection External Flash
4456
4457 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4458 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4459 @cindex CFI
4460 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4461 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4462 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4463 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4464 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4465 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4466 configure a bus and its timings), or
4467 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4468 on the flash chip.
4469 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4470 speed up operation.
4471
4472 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4473
4474 @itemize
4475 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4476 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4477 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4478 @end itemize
4479
4480 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4481 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4482
4483 @example
4484 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4485 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4486 @end example
4487
4488 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4489 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4490 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4491
4492 @example
4493 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4494 @end example
4495
4496 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4497 @end deffn
4498
4499 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4500 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4501 @cindex SMI
4502 @cindex stmsmi
4503 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4504 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4505 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4506 SPI flash devices.
4507 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4508 flash devices can be connected.
4509
4510 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4511 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4512 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4513 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4514 the flash content.
4515
4516 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4517 to identify the memory bank.
4518 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4519 flash size, are detected automatically.
4520
4521 @example
4522 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4523 @end example
4524
4525 @end deffn
4526
4527 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4528
4529 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4530 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4531 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4532 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4533 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4534 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4535
4536 @example
4537 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4538 @end example
4539 @end deffn
4540
4541 @anchor{at91sam3}
4542 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4543 @cindex at91sam3
4544 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4545 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4546 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4547 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4548 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4549 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4550 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4551 chips are confirmed.}
4552
4553 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4554 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4555 the following fixed locations:
4556
4557 @example
4558 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4559 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4560 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4561 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4562 @end example
4563
4564 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4565 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4566 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4567
4568 @itemize
4569 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4570 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4571 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4572 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4573 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4574 @end itemize
4575
4576 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4577
4578 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4579 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4580 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4581 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4582 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4583 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4584 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4585
4586 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4587 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4588 @end deffn
4589
4590 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4591 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4592 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4593 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4594 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4595 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4596 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4597 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4598 @end deffn
4599
4600 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4601 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4602 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4603 @end deffn
4604 @end deffn
4605
4606 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
4607 @cindex at91sam4
4608 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
4609 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
4610 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
4611 @end deffn
4612
4613 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4614 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4615 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4616 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4617 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4618
4619 @example
4620 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4621 @end example
4622
4623 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4624 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4625
4626 @itemize
4627 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4628 @item @var{banks}
4629 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4630 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4631 @item @var{pages_size}
4632 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4633 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4634 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4635 @end itemize
4636
4637 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4638 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4639 will be autoconfigured.
4640 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4641
4642 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4643 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4644 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4645 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4646 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4647
4648 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4649 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4650 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4651 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4652 are not truly general purpose).
4653 @quotation Note
4654 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4655 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4656 @end quotation
4657 @end deffn
4658 @end deffn
4659
4660 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4661 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4662 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4663 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4664 @end deffn
4665
4666 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4667 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4668 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4669
4670 @quotation Note
4671 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4672 driver:
4673 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4674 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4675 @end quotation
4676
4677 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4678 which must appear in the following order:
4679
4680 @itemize
4681 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4682 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4683 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4684 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4685 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4686 at which the core is running
4687 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4688 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4689 @quotation Note
4690 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4691 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4692 However, if you do provide it,
4693 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4694 @end quotation
4695 @end itemize
4696
4697 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4698
4699 @example
4700 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4701 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4702 @end example
4703
4704 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4705 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4706 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4707 @end deffn
4708 @end deffn
4709
4710 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4711 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4712 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4713 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4714 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4715 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4716
4717 @example
4718 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4719 @end example
4720 @end deffn
4721
4722 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4723 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4724 from NXP.
4725
4726 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4727 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4728 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4729 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4730 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4731 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4732 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4733 you start the PLL.
4734
4735 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4736
4737 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4738 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4739 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4740
4741 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4742 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4743 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4744 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4745 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4746 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4747 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4748
4749 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4750 @example
4751 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4752 @end example
4753
4754 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4755 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4756 @code{flash banks} command.
4757
4758 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4759 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4760 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4761 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4762 a known signature.
4763 Example:
4764 @example
4765 lpc2900 signature 0
4766 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4767 @end example
4768 @end deffn
4769
4770 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4771 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4772 saves it to a file in binary format.
4773 Example:
4774 @example
4775 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4776 @end example
4777 @end deffn
4778
4779 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4780 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4781 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4782 command:
4783
4784 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4785 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4786 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4787 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4788
4789 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4790 Example:
4791 @example
4792 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4793 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4794 @end example
4795 @end deffn
4796
4797 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4798 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4799 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4800 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4801 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4802 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4803 912 bytes.
4804 @quotation Attention
4805 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4806 @end quotation
4807 Example:
4808 @example
4809 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4810 @end example
4811 @end deffn
4812
4813 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4814 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4815 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4816 after the next power cycle.
4817 @quotation Attention
4818 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4819 @end quotation
4820 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4821 Example:
4822 @example
4823 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4824 flash info 0
4825 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4826 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4827 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4828 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4829 @end example
4830 @end deffn
4831
4832 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4833 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4834 effective after the next power cycle.
4835 @quotation Attention
4836 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4837 @end quotation
4838 Examples:
4839 @example
4840 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4841 @end example
4842 @end deffn
4843 @end deffn
4844
4845 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4846 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4847
4848 @example
4849 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4850 @end example
4851 @end deffn
4852
4853 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4854 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4855 and integrate flash memory.
4856
4857 @example
4858 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4859 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4860 @end example
4861
4862 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4863 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4864 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4865 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4866 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4867 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4868 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4869 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4870 @end deffn
4871 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4872 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4873 This will remove any Code Protection.
4874 @end deffn
4875 @end deffn
4876
4877 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4878 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4879 Texas Instruments
4880 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4881 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4882 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4883 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4884 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4885 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4886
4887 @example
4888 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4889 @end example
4890 @end deffn
4891
4892 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4893 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4894 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4895 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4896 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4897 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4898
4899 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4900 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4901 @quotation Warning
4902 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4903 applied to all of them.
4904 @end quotation
4905 @end deffn
4906
4907 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
4908 All members of the STM32f1x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4909 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4910 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4911 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4912
4913 @example
4914 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4915 @end example
4916
4917 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
4918 as per the following example.
4919 @example
4920 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4921 @end example
4922
4923 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
4924 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
4925 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4926 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4927 are defined:
4928
4929 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
4930 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4931 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4932 @end deffn
4933
4934 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
4935 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4936 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4937 @end deffn
4938
4939 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
4940 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4941 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
4942 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4943 @end deffn
4944
4945 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4946 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4947 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4948 @end deffn
4949 @end deffn
4950
4951 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
4952 All members of the STM32f2x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4953 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4954 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4955 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4956 @end deffn
4957
4958 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4959 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4960 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4961 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4962 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4963
4964 @example
4965 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4966 @end example
4967
4968 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4969 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4970 for the specified flash bank.
4971 @end deffn
4972 @end deffn
4973
4974 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4975 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4976 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4977 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4978 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4979
4980 @example
4981 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4982 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4983 @end example
4984
4985 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4986 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4987 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4988
4989 @itemize @bullet
4990 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4991 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4992 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4993 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4994 @end itemize
4995 @end deffn
4996
4997 @end deffn
4998
4999 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5000 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5001 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5002 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5003
5004 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5005
5006 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5007 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5008 @end deffn
5009
5010 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5011 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5012 @end deffn
5013
5014 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5015 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5016 the flash clock.
5017 @end deffn
5018 @end deffn
5019
5020 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5021 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5022 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5023
5024 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5025
5026 @itemize
5027 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5028 @end itemize
5029
5030 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5031 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5032 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5033 @example
5034 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5035 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5036 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5037 @end example
5038 @end deffn
5039
5040 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5041 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5042 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5043 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5044 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5045 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5046 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5047
5048 @example
5049 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5050 @end example
5051 @end deffn
5052
5053 @subsection str9xpec driver
5054 @cindex str9xpec
5055
5056 Here is some background info to help
5057 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5058 the str9:
5059 @enumerate
5060 @item
5061 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5062 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5063 @item
5064 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5065 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5066 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5067 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5068 @end enumerate
5069
5070 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5071 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5072 configured for flash bank 0.
5073 @example
5074 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5075 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5076 jtag_reset 0 1
5077 # turn off target polling
5078 poll off
5079 # disable str9 core
5080 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5081 # read option bytes
5082 str9xpec options_read 0
5083 # re-enable str9 core
5084 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5085 poll on
5086 reset halt
5087 @end example
5088 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5089 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5090 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5091 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5092
5093 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5094 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5095 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5096 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5097 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5098
5099 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5100
5101 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5102 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5103 @end deffn
5104
5105 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5106 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5107 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5108 @end deffn
5109
5110 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5111 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5112 erase the device.
5113 @end deffn
5114
5115 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5116 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5117 @end deffn
5118
5119 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5120 Configure str9 boot bank.
5121 @end deffn
5122
5123 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5124 Configure str9 lvd source.
5125 @end deffn
5126
5127 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5128 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5129 @end deffn
5130
5131 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5132 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5133 @end deffn
5134
5135 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5136 Read str9 option bytes.
5137 @end deffn
5138
5139 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5140 Write str9 option bytes.
5141 @end deffn
5142
5143 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5144 unlock str9 device.
5145 @end deffn
5146
5147 @end deffn
5148
5149
5150 @section mFlash
5151
5152 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5153 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5154
5155 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5156 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5157 address @var{base}.
5158 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5159 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5160
5161 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5162
5163 @example
5164 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5165 @end example
5166
5167 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5168
5169 @example
5170 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5171 @end example
5172 @end deffn
5173
5174 @subsection mFlash commands
5175 @cindex mFlash commands
5176
5177 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5178 Configure mflash PLL.
5179 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5180 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5181 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5182 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5183 @end deffn
5184
5185 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5186 Configure bootable option.
5187 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5188 (4kB) for boot.
5189 @end deffn
5190
5191 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5192 Configure storage information.
5193 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5194 written.
5195 @end deffn
5196
5197 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5198 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5199 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5200 @end deffn
5201
5202 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5203 Probe mflash.
5204 @end deffn
5205
5206 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5207 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5208 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5209 @end deffn
5210
5211 @node NAND Flash Commands
5212 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5213 @cindex NAND
5214
5215 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5216 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5217 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5218
5219 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5220 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5221 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5222 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5223 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5224 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5225
5226 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5227 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5228 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5229 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5230 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5231 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5232 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5233 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5234 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5235 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5236
5237 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5238 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5239 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5240 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5241 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5242 every 512 bytes of data.
5243
5244 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5245 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5246 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5247 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5248 ECC mode is used.
5249
5250 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5251 @enumerate
5252 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5253 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5254 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5255 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5256 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5257 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5258 to access that device.
5259 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5260 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5261 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5262 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5263 de-brick a board.
5264 @end enumerate
5265
5266 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5267 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5268 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5269 are only 32 bits wide.
5270 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5271 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5272 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5273 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5274
5275 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5276 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5277 @cindex NAND configuration
5278
5279 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5280 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5281 OpenOCD has initialized.
5282
5283 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5284 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5285 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5286 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5287 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5288 they were a single (larger) device.
5289 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5290 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5291
5292 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5293 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5294 configuration files, not interactively.
5295
5296 @itemize @bullet
5297 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5298 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5299 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5300 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5301 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5302 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5303 commands to the NAND controller.
5304 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5305 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5306 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5307 for more information.
5308 @end itemize
5309 @end deffn
5310
5311 @deffn Command {nand list}
5312 Prints a summary of each device declared
5313 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5314 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5315 @example
5316 > nand list
5317 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5318 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5319 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5320 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5321 >
5322 @end example
5323 @end deffn
5324
5325 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5326 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5327 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5328 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5329 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5330 it with most other NAND commands.
5331 @end deffn
5332
5333 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5334
5335 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5336 @cindex NAND reading
5337 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5338 starting at the specified offset.
5339 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5340
5341 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5342 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5343
5344 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5345 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5346 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5347
5348 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5349 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5350 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5351 method which handled that error correction.
5352
5353 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5354 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5355 @itemize @bullet
5356 @item no oob_* parameter
5357 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5358 @item @code{oob_raw}
5359 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5360 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5361 spare areas associated with each data page.
5362 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5363 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5364 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5365 @item @code{oob_only}
5366 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5367 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5368 spare areas associated with each data page.
5369 @end itemize
5370 @end deffn
5371
5372 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5373 @cindex NAND erasing
5374 @cindex NAND programming
5375 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5376 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5377 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5378 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5379 If those parameters are not specified,
5380 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5381 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5382
5383 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5384 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5385 block marker.
5386 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5387 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5388 @end deffn
5389
5390 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5391 @cindex NAND writing
5392 @cindex NAND programming
5393 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5394 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5395 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5396 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5397
5398 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5399 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5400
5401 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5402 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5403 past the end of the device.
5404 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5405 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5406 if that's being written.)
5407
5408 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5409 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5410 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5411
5412 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5413 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5414 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5415 @itemize @bullet
5416 @item no oob_* parameter
5417 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5418 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5419 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5420 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5421 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5422 @item @code{oob_only}
5423 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5424 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5425 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5426 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5427 @item @code{oob_raw}
5428 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5429 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5430 un-altered OOB.
5431 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5432 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5433 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5434 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5435 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5436 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5437 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5438 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5439 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5440 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5441 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5442 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5443 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5444 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5445 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5446 @end itemize
5447 @end deffn
5448
5449 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5450 @cindex NAND verification
5451 @cindex NAND programming
5452 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5453 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5454 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5455
5456 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5457 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5458
5459 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5460 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5461 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5462 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5463 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5464
5465 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5466 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5467 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5468
5469 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5470 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5471 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5472 be removed in a future release.
5473 @end deffn
5474
5475 @section Other NAND commands
5476 @cindex NAND other commands
5477
5478 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5479 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5480 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5481 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5482 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5483 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5484 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5485 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5486
5487 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5488 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5489 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5490 @end deffn
5491
5492 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5493 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5494 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5495 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5496 status for each block.
5497 @end deffn
5498
5499 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5500 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5501 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5502
5503 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5504 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5505 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5506 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5507 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5508
5509 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5510 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5511 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5512 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5513 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5514 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5515 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5516 @end deffn
5517
5518 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5519 @section NAND Driver List
5520 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5521 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5522 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5523
5524 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5525 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5526 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5527 address of the ECC controller.
5528 @example
5529 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5530 @end example
5531 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5532 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5533 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5534 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5535 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5536 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5537 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5538 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5539 @end deffn
5540 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5541 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5542 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5543 @end deffn
5544
5545 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5546 properly configured for input or output.
5547 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5548 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5549 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5550 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5551 @end deffn
5552 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5553 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5554 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5555 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5556 @end deffn
5557 @end deffn
5558
5559 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5560 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5561 chips from Texas Instruments.
5562 It takes three extra parameters:
5563 address of the NAND chip;
5564 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5565 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5566 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5567 @example
5568 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5569 @end example
5570 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5571 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5572 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5573 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5574 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5575 @end deffn
5576
5577 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5578 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5579 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5580 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5581 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5582 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5583 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5584 @end deffn
5585
5586 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5587 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5588 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5589 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5590 @end deffn
5591 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5592
5593 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
5594 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
5595 should work for this chip aswell.
5596 @end deffn
5597
5598 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
5599 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
5600 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
5601 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
5602 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
5603 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
5604 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
5605 @example
5606 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
5607 @end example
5608 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
5609 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
5610 without parameter query status.
5611 @end deffn
5612 @end deffn
5613
5614 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5615 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5616 parameter: the address of the controller.
5617 @example
5618 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5619 @end example
5620 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5621 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5622 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5623 change any behavior.
5624 @end deffn
5625
5626 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5627 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5628 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5629 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5630 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5631 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5632 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5633 specialized commands.
5634 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5635 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5636 change any behavior.
5637 @end deffn
5638
5639 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5640 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5641 @cindex PLD
5642 @cindex FPGA
5643
5644 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5645 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5646 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5647 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5648 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5649 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5650 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5651
5652 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5653
5654 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5655 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5656 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5657
5658 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5659 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5660
5661 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5662 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5663 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5664 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5665 behavior.
5666 @end deffn
5667
5668 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5669 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5670 @end deffn
5671
5672 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5673 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5674 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5675 @end deffn
5676
5677 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5678
5679 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5680 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5681 that particular type of PLD.
5682
5683 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5684 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5685 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5686 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5687 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5688
5689 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5690 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5691 for FPGA @var{num}.
5692 @end deffn
5693 @end deffn
5694
5695 @node General Commands
5696 @chapter General Commands
5697 @cindex commands
5698
5699 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5700 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5701 commands are documented elsewhere.
5702
5703 Intent:
5704 @itemize @bullet
5705 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5706 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5707 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5708 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5709
5710 @item @b{From the human}
5711 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5712 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5713
5714 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5715 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5716 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5717
5718 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5719 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5720 port is 5555.
5721 @end itemize
5722
5723
5724 @section Daemon Commands
5725
5726 @deffn {Command} exit
5727 Exits the current telnet session.
5728 @end deffn
5729
5730 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5731 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5732 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5733 Not every command provides helptext.
5734
5735 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5736 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5737 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5738 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5739 @end deffn
5740
5741 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5742 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5743 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5744 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5745 Useful in connection with script files
5746 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5747 @end deffn
5748
5749 @deffn Command shutdown
5750 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5751 @end deffn
5752
5753 @anchor{debug_level}
5754 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5755 @cindex message level
5756 Display debug level.
5757 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5758 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5759 Level 0 is error messages only;
5760 level 1 adds warnings;
5761 level 2 adds informational messages;
5762 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5763 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5764 the command line along with the location of that log
5765 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5766 @xref{Running}.
5767 @end deffn
5768
5769 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5770 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5771 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5772 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5773 @example
5774 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5775 @end example
5776 @end deffn
5777
5778 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5779 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5780 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5781 @end deffn
5782
5783 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5784 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5785 @end deffn
5786
5787 @anchor{Target State handling}
5788 @section Target State handling
5789 @cindex reset
5790 @cindex halt
5791 @cindex target initialization
5792
5793 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5794 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5795 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5796 a current target which is used to perform the
5797 various operations. The current target may be changed
5798 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5799 target which should become current.
5800
5801 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5802 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5803 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5804 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5805 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5806
5807 @emph{With no arguments}:
5808 list all available registers for the current target,
5809 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5810 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5811 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5812 are flagged as such.
5813
5814 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5815
5816 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5817 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5818 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5819 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5820 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5821 relevant module will flush such values.
5822
5823 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5824 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5825
5826 @example
5827 > reg
5828 ===== ARM registers
5829 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5830 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5831 (2) r2 (/32)
5832 ...
5833 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5834 >
5835 @end example
5836 @end deffn
5837
5838 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5839 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5840 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5841 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5842 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5843 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5844 (and enter debug mode).
5845 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5846
5847 @quotation Warning
5848 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5849 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5850 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5851 power mode by gating the core clock;
5852 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5853
5854 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5855 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5856 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5857 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5858 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5859 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5860
5861 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5862 work with a JTAG debugger.
5863 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5864 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5865 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5866 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5867 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5868 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5869 @end quotation
5870
5871 @end deffn
5872
5873 @deffn Command resume [address]
5874 Resume the target at its current code position,
5875 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5876 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5877 @end deffn
5878
5879 @deffn Command step [address]
5880 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5881 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5882 @end deffn
5883
5884 @anchor{Reset Command}
5885 @deffn Command reset
5886 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5887 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5888 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5889 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5890 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5891 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5892
5893 The optional parameter specifies what should
5894 happen after the reset.
5895 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5896 The other options will not work on all systems.
5897 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5898
5899 @itemize @minus
5900 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5901 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5902 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5903 @end itemize
5904 @end deffn
5905
5906 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5907 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5908 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5909 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5910 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5911 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5912 state.
5913 @end deffn
5914
5915 @section I/O Utilities
5916
5917 These commands are available when
5918 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5919 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5920 notably the ZY1000.
5921 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5922
5923 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5924
5925 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5926 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5927 the text file @file{filename}.
5928 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5929 The last string is followed by a newline.
5930 @end deffn
5931
5932 @deffn Command cat filename
5933 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5934 @end deffn
5935
5936 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5937 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5938 into @file{dest_filename}.
5939 @end deffn
5940
5941 @deffn Command ip
5942 @emph{No description provided.}
5943 @end deffn
5944
5945 @deffn Command ls
5946 @emph{No description provided.}
5947 @end deffn
5948
5949 @deffn Command mac
5950 @emph{No description provided.}
5951 @end deffn
5952
5953 @deffn Command meminfo
5954 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5955 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5956 @end deffn
5957
5958 @deffn Command peek
5959 @emph{No description provided.}
5960 @end deffn
5961
5962 @deffn Command poke
5963 @emph{No description provided.}
5964 @end deffn
5965
5966 @deffn Command rm filename
5967 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5968 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5969 @end deffn
5970
5971 @deffn Command trunc filename
5972 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5973 @end deffn
5974
5975 @anchor{Memory access}
5976 @section Memory access commands
5977 @cindex memory access
5978
5979 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5980 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5981 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5982 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5983
5984 @enumerate
5985 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5986 to change the current target.
5987 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5988 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5989 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5990 @end enumerate
5991
5992 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5993 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5994 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5995 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5996 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5997 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5998 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5999 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6000 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6001 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6002 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6003 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6004 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6005 @end deffn
6006
6007 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6008 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6009 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6010 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6011 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6012 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6013 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6014 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6015 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6016 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6017 @end deffn
6018
6019
6020 @anchor{Image access}
6021 @section Image loading commands
6022 @cindex image loading
6023 @cindex image dumping
6024
6025 @anchor{dump_image}
6026 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6027 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6028 binary file named @var{filename}.
6029 @end deffn
6030
6031 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6032 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6033 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6034 @end deffn
6035
6036 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6037 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6038 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6039 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6040 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6041 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6042 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6043 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6044 separately.
6045 @end deffn
6046
6047 @anchor{load_image}
6048 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6049 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6050 The file format may optionally be specified
6051 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6052 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6053 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6054 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6055 @example
6056 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6057 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6058 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6059 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6060 @}
6061 @end example
6062 @end deffn
6063
6064 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6065 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6066 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6067 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6068 The file format may optionally be specified
6069 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6070 @end deffn
6071
6072 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6073 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6074 The file format may optionally be specified
6075 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6076 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6077 @end deffn
6078
6079
6080 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6081 @cindex breakpoint
6082 @cindex watchpoint
6083
6084 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6085 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6086 watchpoints.
6087 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6088
6089 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6090 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6091 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6092 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6093 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6094 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6095
6096 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
6097 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6098 @end deffn
6099
6100 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6101 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6102 @end deffn
6103
6104 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6105 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6106 @end deffn
6107
6108 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6109 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6110 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6111 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6112 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6113 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6114 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6115 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6116 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6117 @end deffn
6118
6119 @section Misc Commands
6120
6121 @cindex profiling
6122 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6123 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6124 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6125 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6126 @end deffn
6127
6128 @deffn Command {version}
6129 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6130 @end deffn
6131
6132 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6133 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6134 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6135 @end deffn
6136
6137 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6138 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6139 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6140 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6141
6142 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6143 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6144 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6145 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6146
6147 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
6148 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6149 @cindex tracing
6150 @cindex ETM
6151 @cindex ETB
6152
6153 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6154 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6155 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6156
6157 @itemize
6158 @item
6159 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6160 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6161 supports such an interface.
6162 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6163 and trace port support.)
6164 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6165 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6166 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6167 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6168 in the board-specific configuration file.
6169 @item
6170 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6171 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6172 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6173 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6174 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6175 @end itemize
6176
6177 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6178
6179 @quotation Issues
6180 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6181 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6182
6183 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6184 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6185 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6186 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6187 dummy trace port driver}.
6188
6189 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6190 as well as tracing only during specific states
6191 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6192
6193 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6194 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6195 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6196 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6197 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6198
6199 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6200 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6201 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6202 this original style of JTAG access.
6203 @end quotation
6204
6205 @subsection ETM Configuration
6206 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6207
6208 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6209 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6210 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6211
6212 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6213 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6214 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6215 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6216 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6217 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6218 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6219 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6220 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6221
6222 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6223 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6224 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6225
6226 @quotation Warning
6227 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6228 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6229 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6230 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6231 @end quotation
6232
6233 @quotation Note
6234 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6235 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6236 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6237 what CPU activities are traced.
6238 @end quotation
6239 @end deffn
6240
6241 @deffn Command {etm info}
6242 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6243 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6244 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6245 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6246 @end deffn
6247
6248 @deffn Command {etm status}
6249 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6250 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6251 Did trace data overflow?
6252 Was it triggered?
6253 @end deffn
6254
6255 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6256 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6257 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6258 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6259 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6260
6261 @itemize
6262 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6263 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6264 The value is one of
6265 @option{none} (save nothing),
6266 @option{data} (save data),
6267 @option{address} (save addresses),
6268 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6269 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6270 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6271 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6272 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6273 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6274 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6275 trace stream without an image of the code.
6276 @end itemize
6277 @end deffn
6278
6279 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6280 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6281 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6282 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6283 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6284
6285 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6286 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6287 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6288 @end deffn
6289
6290 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6291
6292 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6293 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6294 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6295
6296 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6297 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6298 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6299 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6300 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6301 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6302 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6303
6304 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6305
6306 @itemize
6307 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6308 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6309 for instruction access within that function's body.
6310 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6311 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6312 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6313 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6314 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6315 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6316 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6317 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6318 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6319 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6320 @item @emph{... more}
6321 @end itemize
6322
6323 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6324 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6325
6326 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6327 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6328 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6329 @end deffn
6330
6331 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6332 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6333 @end deffn
6334
6335 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6336 Opens an image file.
6337 @end deffn
6338
6339 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6340 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6341 @end deffn
6342
6343 @deffn Command {etm start}
6344 Starts trace data collection.
6345 @end deffn
6346
6347 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6348 Stops trace data collection.
6349 @end deffn
6350
6351 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6352 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6353
6354 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6355
6356 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6357 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6358 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6359 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6360 any trace data collection.}
6361 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6362 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6363 @end deffn
6364 @end deffn
6365
6366 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6367 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6368 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6369 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6370 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6371 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6372 @end deffn
6373 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6374 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6375 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6376 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6377 trace trigger becomes active.
6378
6379 @itemize
6380 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6381 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6382 afterwards.
6383 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6384 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6385 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6386 what caused that event to happen.
6387 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6388 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6389 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6390 how the event caused trouble.
6391 @end itemize
6392 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6393 @end deffn
6394
6395 @end deffn
6396
6397 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6398 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6399 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6400 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6401 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6402
6403 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6404 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6405
6406 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6407 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6408 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6409 @end deffn
6410
6411 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6412 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6413 @end deffn
6414
6415 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6416 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6417 @end deffn
6418 @end deffn
6419
6420
6421 @section Generic ARM
6422 @cindex ARM
6423
6424 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6425 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6426 commands that may be available.
6427
6428 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6429 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6430 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6431 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6432 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6433 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6434 @end deffn
6435
6436 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6437 @cindex disassemble
6438 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6439 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6440 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6441 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6442 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6443 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6444 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6445
6446 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6447 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6448 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6449 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6450 with a handful of exceptions.
6451 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6452 @end deffn
6453
6454 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6455 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6456 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6457 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6458 and using the MCR instruction.
6459 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6460 an ARM register.)
6461 @end deffn
6462
6463 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6464 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6465 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6466 and the MRC instruction.
6467 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6468 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6469 an ARM register.)
6470 @end deffn
6471
6472 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6473 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6474 core mode if necessary.
6475 @end deffn
6476
6477 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6478 @cindex ARM semihosting
6479 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6480
6481 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6482 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6483 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6484 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6485 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6486 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6487 @end deffn
6488
6489 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6490 @cindex ARMv4
6491 @cindex ARMv5
6492
6493 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6494 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6495 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6496 variant.
6497
6498 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6499 @cindex ARM7
6500 @cindex ARM9
6501
6502 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6503 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6504 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6505 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6506
6507 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6508 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6509 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6510 instead of breakpoints.
6511 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6512
6513 This should be
6514 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6515 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6516 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6517 @end deffn
6518
6519 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6520 @cindex DCC
6521 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6522 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6523 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6524
6525 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6526 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6527 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6528 @end deffn
6529
6530 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6531 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6532 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6533 that don't check completion of the operation.
6534 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6535
6536 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6537 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6538 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6539 @end deffn
6540
6541 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6542 @cindex ARM720T
6543
6544 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6545 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6546 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6547 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6548
6549 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6550 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6551 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6552
6553 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6554 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6555 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6556 @end deffn
6557
6558 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6559 @cindex ARM9
6560
6561 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6562 integer processors.
6563 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6564
6565 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6566 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6567 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6568 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6569
6570 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6571 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6572 @cindex vector_catch
6573 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6574 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6575 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6576 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6577 to those hardware vectors.
6578
6579 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6580 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6581 vector catch hardware to intercept
6582 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6583 @option{none} of them,
6584 or a list with one or more of the following:
6585 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6586 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6587 @end deffn
6588
6589 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6590 @cindex ARM920T
6591
6592 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6593 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6594 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6595 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6596 and ARM9 commands.
6597
6598 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6599 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6600 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6601 @end deffn
6602
6603 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6604 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6605 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6606 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6607 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6608 (Not all registers can be written.)
6609 @end deffn
6610
6611 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6612 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6613 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6614
6615 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6616 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6617 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6618 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6619 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6620 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6621 @end deffn
6622
6623 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6624 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6625 @end deffn
6626
6627 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6628 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6629 @end deffn
6630
6631 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6632 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6633
6634 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6635 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6636 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6637 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6638 and ARM9 commands.
6639
6640 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6641 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6642
6643 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6644 Print information about the caches found.
6645 @end deffn
6646
6647 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6648 @cindex ARM966E
6649
6650 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6651 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6652 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6653 and ARM9 commands.
6654
6655 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6656 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6657 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6658 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6659 ARM966E-S TRM.
6660 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6661 as required for BIST support.
6662 @end deffn
6663
6664 @subsection XScale specific commands
6665 @cindex XScale
6666
6667 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6668
6669 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6670 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6671 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6672 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6673 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6674 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6675 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6676
6677 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6678 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6679 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6680 the mini-IC.
6681
6682 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6683 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6684 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6685 code layout in memory:
6686 @example
6687 _vectors:
6688 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6689 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6690 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6691 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6692 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6693 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6694 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6695 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6696 .org 0x100
6697 .long real_reset_vector
6698 .long real_ui_handler
6699 .long real_swi_handler
6700 .long real_pf_abort
6701 .long real_data_abort
6702 .long 0 /* unused */
6703 .long real_irq_handler
6704 .long real_fiq_handler
6705 @end example
6706
6707 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6708 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6709 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6710 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6711 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6712 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6713 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6714 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6715 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6716 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6717 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6718 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6719 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6720 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6721 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6722 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6723 software.
6724
6725 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6726 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6727 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6728 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6729
6730 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6731 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6732 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6733 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6734 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6735 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6736 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6737 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6738 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6739
6740 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6741 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6742
6743 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6744 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6745 @end deffn
6746
6747 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6748 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6749 @end deffn
6750
6751 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6752 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6753 @end deffn
6754
6755 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6756 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6757 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6758 @end deffn
6759
6760 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6761 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6762 @end deffn
6763
6764 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6765 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6766 @end deffn
6767
6768 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6769 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6770 @end deffn
6771
6772 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6773 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6774 @end deffn
6775
6776 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6777 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6778 @end deffn
6779
6780 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6781 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6782 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6783 and modifying how it is emptied.
6784 @end deffn
6785
6786 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6787 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6788 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6789 The image @var{type} may be one of
6790 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6791 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6792 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6793 @end deffn
6794
6795 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6796 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6797 @cindex vector_catch
6798 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6799 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6800
6801 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6802 @example
6803 0x01 Trap Reset
6804 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6805 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6806 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6807 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6808 0x20 reserved
6809 0x40 Trap IRQ
6810 0x80 Trap FIQ
6811 @end example
6812 @end deffn
6813
6814 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6815 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6816 @cindex vector_table
6817
6818 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6819 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6820 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6821 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6822 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6823
6824 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6825
6826 @end deffn
6827
6828 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6829 @cindex ARMv6
6830
6831 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6832 @cindex ARM11
6833
6834 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6835 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6836 which is enabled by default.
6837 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6838 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6839 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6840 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6841 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6842 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6843 @end deffn
6844
6845 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6846 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6847 which is enabled by default.
6848 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6849 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6850 @end deffn
6851
6852 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6853 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6854 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6855 they are disabled by default.
6856 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6857 @end deffn
6858
6859 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6860 @cindex vector_catch
6861 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6862 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6863 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6864
6865 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6866 for certain hardware events.
6867 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6868 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6869 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6870 @end deffn
6871
6872 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6873 @cindex ARMv7
6874
6875 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6876 @cindex Debug Access Port
6877 @cindex DAP
6878 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6879 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6880 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6881
6882 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6883 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6884 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6885 @end deffn
6886
6887 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6888 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6889 @end deffn
6890
6891 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6892 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6893 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6894 @end deffn
6895
6896 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6897 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6898 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6899 @end deffn
6900
6901 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6902 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6903 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6904 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6905 @end deffn
6906
6907 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6908 @cindex Cortex-M3
6909
6910 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
6911 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6912
6913 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
6914 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
6915 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
6916 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
6917 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
6918 the step command leaves with the core running.
6919
6920 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
6921 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
6922 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
6923
6924 Default is @option{auto}.
6925 @end deffn
6926
6927 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6928 @cindex vector_catch
6929 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6930 for certain hardware events.
6931
6932 Parameters request interception of
6933 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6934 @option{none} of them,
6935 or one or more of the following:
6936 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6937 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6938 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6939 @option{irq_err},
6940 @option{state_err},
6941 @option{chk_err}, or
6942 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6943 @option{reset}.
6944 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6945 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6946 are mapped to HardFault.
6947 UsageFault checks for
6948 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6949 must also be explicitly enabled.
6950
6951 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6952 @end deffn
6953
6954 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6955 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6956 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6957 @itemize @minus
6958 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6959 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6960 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6961 @end itemize
6962 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6963 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6964 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6965 the peripherals.
6966 @xref{Target Events}.
6967 @end deffn
6968
6969 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6970 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6971 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6972 @cindex tracing
6973 @cindex libdcc
6974 @cindex DCC
6975 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6976 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6977 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6978 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6979
6980 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6981 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6982 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6983 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6984 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6985 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6986
6987 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6988 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6989 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6990 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6991 The target being debugged may
6992 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6993 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6994 each supported by a command:
6995
6996 @itemize
6997 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6998 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6999 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7000 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7001
7002 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7003 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7004 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7005
7006 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7007 and then displayed at any time.
7008 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7009
7010 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7011 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7012 @end itemize
7013
7014 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7015 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7016 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7017 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7018 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7019 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7020 does the same thing.
7021
7022 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7023 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7024 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7025 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7026 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7027
7028 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7029 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7030 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7031 @end deffn
7032
7033 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7034 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7035 in the order they triggered.
7036 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7037 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7038 history records.
7039 @end deffn
7040
7041 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7042 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7043 they have been triggered.
7044 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7045 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7046 and associates it with that identifier.
7047
7048 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7049 are not related except by this command.
7050 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7051 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7052 @end deffn
7053
7054
7055 @node JTAG Commands
7056 @chapter JTAG Commands
7057 @cindex JTAG Commands
7058 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7059 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7060 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7061 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7062 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7063
7064 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7065 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7066
7067 @itemize @bullet
7068 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7069 devices such as a CPUs.
7070 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7071 standard state machine (in parallel)
7072 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7073 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7074 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7075 while the reading previous ones.
7076 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7077 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7078 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7079 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7080 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7081 registers.
7082 @end itemize
7083
7084 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7085
7086 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7087 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7088 the order of TAP state transitions.
7089 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7090 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7091 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7092 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7093 these commands are not available.
7094
7095 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7096 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7097 that specify the entire register.
7098 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7099 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7100 The return value holds the original value of each
7101 of those fields.
7102
7103 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7104 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7105 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7106 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7107 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7108
7109 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7110 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7111
7112 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7113 in that state.
7114 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7115 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7116 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7117
7118 @quotation Warning
7119 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7120 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7121 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7122 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7123 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7124 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7125 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7126 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7127 @end quotation
7128 @end deffn
7129
7130 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7131 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7132 This may be used for performance tuning.
7133
7134 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7135 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7136 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7137 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7138 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7139 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7140 @end deffn
7141
7142 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7143 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7144 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7145 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7146 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7147 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7148
7149 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7150 in that state.
7151 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7152 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7153 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7154
7155 @quotation Note
7156 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7157 register values, unlike data register values.
7158 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7159 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7160 @end quotation
7161 @end deffn
7162
7163 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7164 Set values of reset signals.
7165 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7166 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7167 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7168 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7169 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7170 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7171 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7172
7173 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7174 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7175 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7176 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7177 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7178 instead of the TRST signal.
7179 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7180 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7181 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7182 with handlers for that event.
7183 @end deffn
7184
7185 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7186 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7187 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7188 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7189 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7190 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7191 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7192 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7193 The final state must also be stable.
7194 @end deffn
7195
7196 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7197 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7198 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7199 Instructions often need some time
7200 to execute before they take effect.
7201 @end deffn
7202
7203 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7204 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7205
7206 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7207 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7208 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7209 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7210 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7211 @end deffn
7212
7213 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7214 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7215 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7216 must also be enabled.
7217 Default is enabled.
7218 @end deffn
7219
7220 @section TAP state names
7221 @cindex TAP state names
7222
7223 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7224 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7225 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7226 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7227
7228 @itemize @bullet
7229 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7230 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7231 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7232 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7233 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7234 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7235 through the data register
7236 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7237 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7238 for update or more shifting
7239 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7240 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7241 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7242 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7243 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7244 through the instruction register
7245 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7246 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7247 for update or more shifting
7248 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7249 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7250 @end itemize
7251
7252 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7253 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7254 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7255 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7256
7257 @itemize @bullet
7258 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7259 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7260 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7261 may not be as expected.
7262 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7263 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7264 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7265 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7266 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7267 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7268 @end itemize
7269
7270 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7271 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7272
7273 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7274 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7275 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7276 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7277
7278 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7279 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7280 @cindex SVF
7281
7282 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7283 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7284 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7285 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7286
7287 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7288 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7289 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7290 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7291 each command is logged before it is executed.
7292 @end deffn
7293
7294 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7295 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7296 @cindex XSVF
7297
7298 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7299 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7300 Xilinx devices.
7301 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7302 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7303
7304 @quotation Important
7305 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7306 @end quotation
7307
7308 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7309 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7310 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7311 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7312 that TAP.
7313 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7314 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7315 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7316 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7317 @end deffn
7318
7319 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7320 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7321 after building the software.
7322 You may find them useful:
7323
7324 @itemize
7325 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7326 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7327 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7328 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7329 @end itemize
7330
7331 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7332 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7333 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7334 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7335 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7336 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7337 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7338
7339
7340 @node TFTP
7341 @chapter TFTP
7342 @cindex TFTP
7343 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7344 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7345
7346 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7347 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7348 server (tftpd). For example,
7349
7350 @example
7351 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7352 @end example
7353
7354 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7355 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7356
7357 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7358 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7359 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7360 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7361
7362 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7363 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7364 @cindex GDB
7365 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7366 to debug remote targets.
7367 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7368
7369 @itemize
7370 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7371 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7372 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7373 as shown in this chapter.
7374 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7375 that also will probably need to be configured.
7376 @end itemize
7377
7378 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7379 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7380 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7381 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7382 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7383 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7384
7385 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7386 @section Connecting to GDB
7387 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7388 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7389 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7390 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7391 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7392
7393 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7394
7395 @enumerate
7396 @item
7397 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7398 @example
7399 target remote localhost:3333
7400 @end example
7401 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7402 @item
7403 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7404 @example
7405 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7406 @end example
7407 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7408 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7409 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7410 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7411 @end enumerate
7412
7413 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7414 GDB command line.
7415
7416 @section Sample GDB session startup
7417
7418 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7419 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7420 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7421 small ARM program.
7422 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7423 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7424
7425 @example
7426 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7427 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7428 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7429 ...
7430 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7431 ...
7432 (gdb) load
7433 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7434 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7435 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7436 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7437 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7438 (gdb) continue
7439 Continuing.
7440 ...
7441 @end example
7442
7443 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7444 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7445 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7446 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7447
7448 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7449
7450 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7451 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7452 packet size and the device's memory map.
7453 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7454 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7455 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7456
7457 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7458 You may need to set those up by hand.
7459 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7460 something like:
7461
7462 @example
7463 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7464 @end example
7465
7466 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7467
7468 @example
7469 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7470 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7471 @end example
7472
7473 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7474 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7475 do not have such restrictions.
7476
7477 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7478 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7479 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7480
7481 @example
7482 define hook-step
7483 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7484 end
7485 define hookpost-step
7486 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7487 end
7488 @end example
7489
7490 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7491 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7492 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7493 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7494
7495 @section Programming using GDB
7496 @cindex Programming using GDB
7497
7498 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7499 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7500 @example
7501 gdb_memory_map disable
7502 @end example
7503 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7504 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7505 working area.
7506
7507 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7508 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7509 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7510 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7511
7512 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7513 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7514
7515 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7516 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7517 @example
7518 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7519 @end example
7520
7521 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7522 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7523
7524 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7525 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7526 will be used.
7527
7528 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7529 script can be executed:
7530 @example
7531 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7532 @end example
7533
7534 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7535 can be used.
7536 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7537 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7538 @cindex SMP
7539 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7540 @itemize @bullet
7541 @item j - smp status request
7542 @item J - smp set request
7543 @end itemize
7544
7545 OpenOCD implements :
7546 @itemize @bullet
7547 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7548 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7549 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7550 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7551 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7552 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7553 @end itemize
7554
7555 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7556 @itemize @bullet
7557 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7558 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7559 @example
7560 set $_core 1
7561 #Jc01 packet is sent
7562 print $_core
7563 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7564 @end example
7565
7566 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7567 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7568
7569 @example
7570 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7571 define toggle0
7572 maint packet Jc0
7573 continue
7574 main packet Jc-1
7575 end
7576 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
7577 define toggle1
7578 maint packet Jc1
7579 continue
7580 main packet Jc-1
7581 end
7582 @end example
7583 @end itemize
7584
7585
7586 @node Tcl Scripting API
7587 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7588 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7589 @cindex Tcl scripts
7590 @section API rules
7591
7592 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7593 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7594 information as an argument to each proc.
7595
7596 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7597 pair list and lists.
7598
7599 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7600 list.
7601
7602 @verbatim
7603
7604 > set foo(me) Duane
7605 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7606 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7607 > set foo(duck) Donald
7608
7609 If one does this:
7610
7611 > set foo
7612
7613 The result is:
7614
7615 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7616
7617 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7618
7619 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7620 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7621 }
7622 @end verbatim
7623
7624 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7625 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7626
7627 @section Internal low-level Commands
7628
7629 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7630
7631 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7632 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7633 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7634
7635 @itemize @bullet
7636 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7637
7638 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7639 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7640
7641 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7642 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7643
7644 Return information about the flash banks
7645 @end itemize
7646
7647 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7648 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7649 called "flash_banks".
7650
7651 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7652
7653 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7654 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7655 holds one of the following values:
7656
7657 @itemize @bullet
7658 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7659 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7660 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7661 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7662 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7663 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7664 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7665 @end itemize
7666
7667 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7668
7669 @quotation Note
7670 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7671 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7672 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7673 is jim, not real tcl).
7674 @end quotation
7675
7676 @node FAQ
7677 @chapter FAQ
7678 @cindex faq
7679 @enumerate
7680 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7681 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7682 @cindex RTCK
7683 @cindex adaptive clocking
7684 @*
7685
7686 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7687 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7688 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7689 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7690
7691 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7692 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7693 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7694 @enumerate
7695 @item
7696 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7697 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7698 @item
7699 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7700 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7701 @end enumerate
7702
7703 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7704 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7705 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7706 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7707 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7708 power).
7709
7710 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7711 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7712 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7713 ARM926 scenario).
7714 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7715 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7716 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7717
7718 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7719 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7720 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7721 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7722
7723 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7724
7725 In order to make use of this,
7726 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7727 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7728
7729 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7730 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7731 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7732 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7733 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7734
7735 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7736 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7737 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7738 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7739
7740 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7741 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7742 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7743 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7744 with a CPLD.
7745 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7746 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7747 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7748 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7749 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7750 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7751
7752 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7753
7754 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7755
7756 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7757 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7758 depending on the chips on your board.
7759 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7760 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7761 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7762
7763 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7764 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7765 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7766
7767 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7768 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7769 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7770 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7771
7772 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7773 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7774 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7775 this way.
7776
7777 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7778 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7779 clock rate.
7780 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7781 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7782 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7783
7784 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7785
7786 @example
7787 # Example: 1.234MHz
7788 adapter_khz 1234
7789 @end example
7790
7791
7792 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7793
7794 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7795 around Windows filenames.
7796
7797 @example
7798 > echo \a
7799
7800 > echo @{\a@}
7801 \a
7802 > echo "\a"
7803
7804 >
7805 @end example
7806
7807
7808 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7809
7810 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7811 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7812 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7813
7814 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7815 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7816 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7817
7818 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7819 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7820 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7821
7822 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7823
7824 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7825 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7826 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7827 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7828
7829 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7830 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7831 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7832
7833 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7834 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7835
7836 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7837 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7838 memory read caused data abort".
7839
7840 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7841 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7842 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7843 be done, feel free to add this here.
7844
7845 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7846 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7847 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7848 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7849 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7850 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7851 gracefully stops.
7852
7853 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7854 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7855 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7856
7857 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7858 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7859 bytes. Painful...
7860
7861
7862 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7863 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7864
7865 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7866 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7867 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7868 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7869 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7870 reset, everything else should work fine.
7871
7872 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7873 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7874 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7875 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7876
7877 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7878 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7879 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7880 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7881
7882 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7883
7884 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7885 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7886 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7887 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7888
7889 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7890 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7891 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7892 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7893
7894 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7895 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7896 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7897
7898 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7899 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7900
7901 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7902 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7903 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7904 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7905 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7906 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7907 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7908 clock frequency?
7909
7910 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7911 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7912 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7913 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7914 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7915
7916 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7917
7918 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7919 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7920 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7921 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7922 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7923 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7924 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7925
7926 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7927
7928 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7929 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7930 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7931 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7932
7933 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7934 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7935 particular order?
7936
7937 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7938 the same order used by the hardware.
7939
7940 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7941 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7942 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7943 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7944 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7945 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7946
7947 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7948 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7949 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7950 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7951
7952 @itemize @bullet
7953 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7954 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7955 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7956 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7957 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7958 @end itemize
7959
7960 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7961
7962 @itemize @bullet
7963 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7964 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7965 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7966 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7967 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7968 @end itemize
7969
7970
7971 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7972 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7973 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7974
7975 TODO.
7976
7977 @end enumerate
7978
7979 @node Tcl Crash Course
7980 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7981 @cindex Tcl
7982
7983 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7984 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7985 how the Tcl scripts work.
7986
7987 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7988 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
7989 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7990 OpenOCD.
7991
7992 @section Tcl Rule #1
7993 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7994 @enumerate
7995 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7996 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7997 @end enumerate
7998
7999 The Tcl equal is this:
8000
8001 @enumerate
8002 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8003 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8004 @end enumerate
8005
8006 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8007 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8008
8009 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8010 There is a second pair of rules.
8011 @enumerate
8012 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8013 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8014 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8015 in Tcl.
8016 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8017 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8018 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8019 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8020 @end enumerate
8021
8022 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8023 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8024 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8025 Everything is a string}
8026
8027 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8028 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8029 difference is subtle.
8030 @enumerate
8031 @item Parse Time
8032 @item Evaluation Time
8033 @end enumerate
8034
8035 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8036 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8037 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8038
8039 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8040 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8041 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8042 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8043
8044 @itemize @bullet
8045 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8046 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8047 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8048 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8049 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8050 @example
8051 # bash example
8052 X=`date`
8053 echo "The Date is: $X"
8054 # Tcl example
8055 set X [date]
8056 puts "The Date is: $X"
8057 @end example
8058 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8059 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8060 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8061 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8062 is a string}
8063 @example
8064 set x "Dinner"
8065 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8066 @end example
8067 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8068 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8069 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8070 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8071 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8072 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8073 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8074 @end itemize
8075
8076 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8077
8078 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8079
8080 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8081
8082 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8083 the normal way.
8084
8085 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8086 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8087 line is immedatly executed.
8088
8089 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8090 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8091
8092 @subsection Command Execution
8093
8094 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8095 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8096 control flow operators.
8097
8098 Commands are executed like this:
8099
8100 @enumerate
8101 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8102 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8103 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8104 @end enumerate
8105
8106 It sort of works like this:
8107 @example
8108 for(;;)@{
8109 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8110
8111 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8112
8113 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8114 @}
8115 @end example
8116
8117 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8118 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8119 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8120 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8121 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8122 ``LookupCommand()''
8123
8124 @subsection The FOR command
8125
8126 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8127 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8128 command just like any other command.
8129
8130 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8131 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8132 are:
8133
8134 @enumerate 0
8135 @item The ascii text 'for'
8136 @item The start text
8137 @item The test expression
8138 @item The next text
8139 @item The body text
8140 @end enumerate
8141
8142 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8143 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8144 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8145 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8146
8147 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8148 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8149
8150 @example
8151 int
8152 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8153 int *argc,
8154 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8155 @end example
8156
8157 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8158 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8159 still operates in the same basic way.
8160
8161 @subsection FOR command implementation
8162
8163 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8164 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8165
8166 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8167
8168 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8169
8170 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8171 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8172 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8173
8174 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8175 expression and returns a value.
8176
8177 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8178 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8179 @example
8180 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8181
8182 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8183
8184 int
8185 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8186 int argc,
8187 char **argv )
8188 @{
8189 if( argc != 5 )@{
8190 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8191 return ERROR;
8192 @}
8193
8194 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8195
8196 // Execute the start statement.
8197 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8198
8199 // Top of loop test
8200 for(;;)@{
8201 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8202 if( i == 0 )
8203 break;
8204
8205 // Execute the body
8206 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8207
8208 // Execute the LOOP part
8209 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8210 @}
8211
8212 // Return no error
8213 SetResult( interp, "" );
8214 return SUCCESS;
8215 @}
8216 @end example
8217
8218 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8219 in the same basic way.
8220
8221 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8222
8223 @subsection source and find commands
8224 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8225 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8226 @*Remember the parsing rules
8227 @enumerate
8228 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8229 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8230 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8231 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8232 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8233 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8234 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8235 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8236 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8237 @end enumerate
8238 @subsection format command
8239 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8240 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8241 @b{sprintf()}.
8242 @b{Example}
8243 @example
8244 set x 6
8245 set y 7
8246 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8247 @end example
8248 @enumerate
8249 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8250 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8251 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8252 @* Refer to Rule #1
8253 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8254 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8255 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8256 @end enumerate
8257 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8258 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8259 @example
8260 #1 Good
8261 proc someproc @{@} @{
8262 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8263 @}
8264 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8265 #2 Good - no variables
8266 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8267 #3 Good Curly Braces
8268 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8269 puts "Time: [date]"
8270 @}
8271 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8272 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8273 @end example
8274 @enumerate
8275 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8276 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8277 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8278 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8279 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8280 command.
8281 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8282 @*There are 4 examples:
8283 @enumerate
8284 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8285 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8286 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8287 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8288 @end enumerate
8289
8290 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8291 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8292 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8293
8294 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8295 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8296 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8297 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8298 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8299 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8300 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8301 @end enumerate
8302 @subsection Global Variables
8303 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8304 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8305 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8306 @example
8307 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8308 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8309 global x #Global variable X
8310 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8311 @}
8312 @end example
8313 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8314 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8315 @example
8316 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8317 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8318 # Create var name
8319 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8320 # Make it a global
8321 global $vn
8322 # Set it.
8323 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8324 @}
8325 @end example
8326 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8327 @example
8328 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8329 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8330 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8331 @}
8332 @end example
8333
8334 @include fdl.texi
8335
8336 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8337 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8338 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8339 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8340 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8341 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8342
8343 @printindex cp
8344
8345 @node Command and Driver Index
8346 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8347 @printindex fn
8348
8349 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)